Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
     
þ   Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
or
     
o   Transaction report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Commission file number: 000-49883
 
PLUMAS BANCORP
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
     
California
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  75-2987096  

(IRS Employer Identification No.)
     
35 S. Lindan Avenue, Quincy, CA
(Address of principal executive offices)
  95971
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (530) 283-7305
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of Each Class:   Name of Each Exchange on which Registered:
     
Common Stock, no par value   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
o Yes      þ No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
o Yes      þ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
þ Yes      o No
Indicated by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
             
         Large Accelerated Filer o   Accelerated Filer o   Non-Accelerated Filer o   Smaller Reporting Company þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
o Yes      þ No
As of June 30, 2008, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $45.6 million, based on the closing price reported to the Registrant on that date of $10.63 per share.
Shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of the affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
The number of shares of Common Stock of the registrant outstanding as of March 17, 2009 was 4,776,339.
Documents Incorporated by Reference: Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to SEC Regulation 14A are incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10-14.
 
 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
PART I
 
       
    4  
 
       
    23  
 
       
    23  
 
       
    24  
 
       
    25  
 
       
    25  
 
       
PART II
 
       
    26  
 
       
    28  
 
       
    29  
 
       
    51  
 
       
    51  
 
       
    52  
 
       
    52  
 
       
    53  
 
       
PART III
 
       
    53  
 
       
    53  
 
       
    53  
 
       
    54  
 
       
    54  
 
       
PART IV
 
       
    54  
 
       
    58  
 
       
  Exhibit 3.2
  Exhibit 10.1
  Exhibit 10.50
  Exhibit 10.51
  Exhibit 10.52
  Exhibit 10.53
  Exhibit 10.54
  Exhibit 10.55
  Exhibit 10.56
  Exhibit 10.57
  Exhibit 10.58
  Exhibit 23
  Exhibit 31.1
  Exhibit 31.2
  Exhibit 32.1
  Exhibit 32.2

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I
Forward-Looking Information
This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements and information is subject to the “safe harbor” provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements (which involve Plumas Bancorp’s (the “Company’s”) plans, beliefs and goals, refer to estimates or use similar terms) involve certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following factors:
   
Competitive pressure in the banking industry, competition in the markets the Company operates in and changes in the legal, accounting and regulatory environment
   
Changes in the interest rate environment and volatility of rate sensitive assets and liabilities
   
Declines in the health of the economy, nationally or regionally, which could reduce the demand for loans, reduce the ability of borrowers to repay loans and/or reduce the value of real estate collateral securing most of the Company’s loans
   
Credit quality deterioration, which could cause an increase in the provision for loan and lease losses
   
Devaluation of fixed income securities
   
Asset/liability matching risks and liquidity risks
   
Loss of key personnel
   
Operational interruptions including data processing systems failure and fraud
The Company undertakes no obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any revision to these forward-looking statements. For additional information concerning risks and uncertainties related to the Company and its operations, please refer to Item 1A of this Form 10-K entitled “Risk Factors” and other information in this Report.

 

3


Table of Contents

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
General
The Company. Plumas Bancorp (the “Company”) is a California corporation registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is headquartered in Quincy, California. The Company was incorporated in January 2002 and acquired all of the outstanding shares of Plumas Bank (the “Bank”) in June 2002. The Company’s principal subsidiary is the Bank, and the Company exists primarily for the purpose of holding the stock of the Bank and of such other subsidiaries it may acquire or establish. At the present time, the Company’s only other subsidiaries are Plumas Statutory Trust I and Plumas Statutory Trust II, which were formed in 2002 and 2005 solely to facilitate the issuance of trust preferred securities.
The Company’s principal source of income is dividends from the Bank, but the Company may explore supplemental sources of income in the future. The cash outlays of the Company, including (but not limited to) the payment of dividends to shareholders, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, costs of repurchasing Company common stock, and the cost of servicing debt, will generally be paid from dividends paid to the Company by the Bank.
At December 31, 2008, the Company had consolidated assets of $457 million, deposits of $372 million, other liabilities of $50 million and shareholders’ equity of $35 million. The Company’s liabilities include $10.3 million in junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued in conjunction with the trust preferred securities issued by Plumas Statutory Trust I (the “Trust I”) in September 2002 and Plumas Statutory Trust II (the “Trust II”) in September 2005. Both Trust I and Trust II are further discussed in the section titled “Trust Preferred Securities.”
References herein to the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Plumas Bancorp and its consolidated subsidiary, unless the context indicates otherwise. Our operations are conducted at 35 South Lindan Avenue, Quincy, California. Our annual, quarterly and other reports, required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, (the “SEC”) are posted and are available at no cost on the Company’s website, www.plumasbank.com , as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company files such documents with the SEC. These reports are also available through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov .
The Bank. The Bank is a California state-chartered bank that was incorporated in July 1980 and opened for business in December 1980. The Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System. The Bank’s Administrative Office is also located at 35 South Lindan Avenue, Quincy, California. At December 31, 2008 the Bank had approximately $457 million in assets, $359 million in net loans and $372 million in deposits (including a deposit of $0.7 million from the Bancorp). It is currently the largest independent bank headquartered in Plumas County. The Bank’s deposit accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) up to maximum insurable amounts. The Bank is participating in the Federal Deposit insurance Corporation (FDIC) Transaction Account Guarantee Program. Under the program, through December 31, 2009, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount in the account. Coverage under the Transaction Account Guarantee Program is in addition to and separate from the coverage under the FDIC’s general deposit insurance rules.
The Bank’s primary service area covers the Northeastern portion of California, with Lake Tahoe to the South and the Oregon border to the North. The Bank, through its thirteen branch network, serves the seven contiguous counties of Plumas, Nevada, Sierra, Placer, Lassen, Modoc and Shasta. The branches are located in the communities of Quincy, Portola, Greenville, Westwood, Truckee, Fall River Mills, Alturas, Susanville, Chester, Tahoe City, Kings Beach, Loyalton and Redding. The Bank maintains fifteen automated teller machines (“ATMs”) tied in with major statewide and national networks. In addition to its branch network, the Bank operates a commercial lending office in Reno, Nevada and a lending office specializing in government-guaranteed lending in Auburn, California. The Bank’s primary business is servicing the banking needs of these communities. Its marketing strategy stresses its local ownership and commitment to serve the banking needs of individuals living and working in the Bank’s primary service areas.

 

4


Table of Contents

With a predominant focus on personal service, the Bank has positioned itself as a multi-community independent bank serving the financial needs of individuals and businesses within the Bank’s geographic footprint. Our principal retail lending services include consumer and home equity loans. Our principal commercial lending services include term real estate, land development and construction loans. In addition, we provide commercial and industrial term, government-guaranteed and agricultural loans as well as credit lines.
The Bank’s Government-guaranteed lending center, headquartered in Auburn, California with additional personnel in Truckee, provides Small Business Administration and USDA Rural Development loans to qualified borrowers throughout Northern California and Northern Nevada. During 2007 the Bank was granted nationwide Preferred Lender status with the U.S. Small Business Administration and we expect government-guaranteed lending to become an important part of our overall lending operation. Also we maintain a significant participation loan portfolio. Participations with commitments totaling $5.5 million and outstanding balances of $4.9 million, all of which were acquired through our Reno, Nevada lending office, were purchased during 2008. Total participations of $47.6 million and $43.3 million were included in the Company’s loan portfolio as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
The Agricultural Credit Centers located in Susanville and Alturas provide a complete line of credit services in support of the agricultural activities which are key to the continued economic development of the communities we serve. “Ag lending” clients include a full range of individual farming customers, small- to medium-sized business farming organizations and corporate farming units.
As of December 31, 2008, the principal areas to which we directed our lending activities, and the percentage of our total loan portfolio comprised by each, were as follows: (i) loans secured by real estate — 61.7%; (ii) commercial and industrial loans — 11.6%; (iii) consumer loans (including residential equity lines of credit) — 16.9%; and (iv) agricultural loans (including agricultural real estate loans) — 9.8%.
In addition to the lending activities noted above, we offer a wide range of deposit products for the retail and commercial banking markets including checking, interest-bearing checking, business sweep, savings, time deposit and retirement accounts, as well as remote deposit, telephone banking and internet banking with bill-pay options. Interest bearing deposits include our Money Fund Plu$ checking account. This account is intended to pay rates comparable to those available on a money fund offered by a typical brokerage firm. As of December 31, 2008, the Bank had 33,217 deposit accounts with balances totaling approximately $372 million, compared to 33,882 deposit accounts with balances totaling approximately $393 million at December 31, 2007. We attract deposits through our customer-oriented product mix, competitive pricing, convenient locations, extended hours, remote deposit operations and drive-up banking, all provided with a high level of customer service.
Most of our deposits are attracted from individuals, business-related sources and smaller municipal entities. This mix of deposit customers resulted in a relatively modest average deposit balance of approximately $11,500 at December 31, 2008. However, it makes us less vulnerable to adverse effects from the loss of depositors who may be seeking higher yields in other markets or who may otherwise draw down balances for cash needs. There were no brokered deposits at December 31, 2008.
We also offer a variety of other products and services to complement the lending and deposit services previously reviewed. These include cashier’s checks, traveler’s checks, bank-by-mail, ATMs, night depository, safe deposit boxes, direct deposit, electronic funds transfers, on-line banking, remote deposit, and other customary banking services.

 

5


Table of Contents

In order to provide non-deposit investment options, we have developed a strategic alliance with Financial Network Investment Corporation (“FNIC”). Through this arrangement, certain employees of the Bank are also licensed representatives of FNIC. These employees provide our customers throughout our branch network with convenient access to annuities, insurance products, mutual funds, and a full range of investment products.
During 2007 we added Remote Deposit to our product mix. Remote Deposit allows our customers to make non-cash deposits remotely from their physical location. With this product, we have extended our service area and can now meet the deposit needs of customers who may not be located within a convenient distance of one of our branch offices.
Additionally, the Bank has devoted a substantial amount of time and capital to the improvement of existing Bank services, during the last two fiscal years, including an on balance sheet sweep product which we introduced during the first quarter of 2008. The officers and employees of the Bank are continually engaged in marketing activities, including the evaluation and development of new products and services, to enable the Bank to retain and improve its competitive position in its service area.
We hold no patents or licenses (other than licenses required by appropriate bank regulatory agencies or local governments), franchises, or concessions. Our business has a modest seasonal component due to the heavy agricultural and tourism orientation of some of the communities we serve. As our branches in less rural areas such as Truckee have expanded and with the opening our Reno commercial lending office, the agriculture-related base has become less significant. We are not dependent on a single customer or group of related customers for a material portion of our deposits, nor are a material portion of our loans concentrated within a single industry or group of related industries. There has been no material effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings, or competitive position as a result of federal, state, or local environmental regulation.
Commitment to our Communities. The Board of Directors and Management believe that the Company plays an important role in the economic well being of the communities it serves. Our Bank has a continuing responsibility to provide a wide range of lending and deposit services to both individuals and businesses. These services are tailored to meet the needs of the communities served by the Company and the Bank.
We offer various loan products which promote home ownership and affordable housing, fuel job growth and support community economic development. Types of loans offered range from personal and commercial loans to real estate, construction, agricultural, and government-guaranteed community infrastructure loans. Many banking decisions are made locally with the goal of maintaining customer satisfaction through the timely delivery of high quality products and services.
Recent Developments. During the fourth quarter of 2007 the Company opened a government-guaranteed lending office in Auburn, California. During the second quarter of 2007, we opened our Redding, California branch in a temporary location and in July 2008 we relocated this branch to its permanent location. During the fourth quarter of 2006 we opened a commercial lending office in Reno, Nevada.
Capital Purchase Program — TARP — Preferred Stock and Stock Warrant. On January 30, 2009 the Company entered into a Letter Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”), pursuant to which the Company issued and sold (i) 11,949 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and (ii) a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 237,712 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value (the “Common Stock”), for an aggregate purchase price of $11,949,000 in cash.
The Series A Preferred Stock will qualify as Tier 1 capital and will pay cumulative dividends quarterly at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years, and 9% per annum thereafter. The Company may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock at its liquidation preference ($1,000 per share) plus accrued and unpaid dividends under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, subject to the Treasury’s consultation with the Company’s appropriate federal regulator.

 

6


Table of Contents

The Warrant has a 10-year term and is immediately exercisable upon its issuance, with an exercise price, subject to antidilution adjustments, equal to $7.54 per share of the Common Stock. Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Warrant.
Prior to January 30, 2012, unless the Company has redeemed the Series A Preferred Stock, or the Treasury has transferred the Series A Preferred Stock to a third party, the consent of the Treasury will be required for the Company to: (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of the Common Stock (other than regular quarterly cash dividends of not more than $0.04 per share or regular semi-annual cash dividends of not more than $0.08 per share); or (2) redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of Common Stock or other equity or capital securities, other than in connection with benefit plans consistent with past practice and certain other circumstances specified in the Purchase Agreement.
Trust Preferred Securities. During the third quarter of 2002, the Company formed a wholly owned Connecticut statutory business trust, Plumas Statutory Trust I (the “Trust I”). On September 26, 2002, the Company issued to the Trust I, Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2032 (the “Debentures”) in the aggregate principal amount of $6,186,000. In exchange for these debentures the Trust I paid the Company $6,186,000. The Trust I funded its purchase of debentures by issuing $6,000,000 in floating rate capital securities (“trust preferred securities”), which were sold to a third party. These trust preferred securities qualify as Tier I capital under current Federal Reserve Board guidelines. The Debentures are the only asset of the Trust I. The interest rate and terms on both instruments are substantially the same. The rate is based on the three-month LIBOR (London Interbank Offered Rate) plus 3.40%, not to exceed 11.9%, adjustable quarterly. The proceeds from the sale of the Debentures were primarily used by the Company to inject capital into the Bank.
During the third quarter of 2005, the Company formed a wholly owned Connecticut statutory business trust, Plumas Statutory Trust II (the “Trust II”). On September 28, 2005, the Company issued to the Trust II, Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2035 (the “Debentures”) in the aggregate principal amount of $4,124,000. In exchange for these debentures the Trust II paid the Company $4,124,000. The Trust II funded its purchase of debentures by issuing $4,000,000 in floating rate capital securities (“trust preferred securities”), which were sold to a third party. These trust preferred securities qualify as Tier I capital under current Federal Reserve Board guidelines. The Debentures are the only asset of the Trust II. The interest rate and terms on both instruments are substantially the same. The rate is based on the three-month LIBOR (London Interbank Offered Rate) plus 1.48%, adjustable quarterly. The proceeds from the sale of the Debentures were primarily used by the Company to inject capital into the Bank.
The Debentures and trust preferred securities accrue and pay distributions quarterly based on the floating rate described above on the stated liquidation value of $1,000 per security. The Company has entered into contractual agreements which, taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee payment of: (1) accrued and unpaid distributions required to be paid on the capital securities; (2) the redemption price with respect to any capital securities called for redemption by either Trust I or Trust II, and (3) payments due upon voluntary or involuntary dissolution, winding up, or liquidation of either Trust I or Trust II.
The trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the Debentures on September 26, 2032 for Trust I and September 28, 2035 for Trust II, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture.
Neither Trust I nor Trust II are consolidated into the Company’s consolidated financial statements and, accordingly, both entities are accounted for under the equity method and the junior subordinated debentures are reflected as debt on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

7


Table of Contents

Business Concentrations. No individual or single group of related customer accounts is considered material in relation to the Banks’ assets or deposits, or in relation to our overall business. However, at December 31, 2008 approximately 75% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio consisted of real estate-secured loans, including real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans, consumer equity lines of credit, and agricultural loans secured by real estate. Moreover, our business activities are currently focused in the California counties of Plumas, Nevada, Placer, Lassen, Modoc, Shasta and Sierra and Washoe County in Nevada. Consequently, our results of operations and financial condition are dependent upon the general trends in these economies and, in particular, the residential and commercial real estate markets. In addition, the concentration of our operations in these areas of California and Nevada exposes us to greater risk than other banking companies with a wider geographic base in the event of catastrophes, such as earthquakes, fires and floods in these regions in California and Nevada.
Competition. With respect to commercial bank competitors, the business is largely dominated by a relatively small number of major banks with many offices operating over a wide geographical area. These banks have, among other advantages, the ability to finance wide-ranging and effective advertising campaigns and to allocate their resources to regions of highest yield and demand. Many of the major banks operating in the area offer certain services that we do not offer directly but may offer indirectly through correspondent institutions. By virtue of their greater total capitalization, such banks also have substantially higher lending limits than we do. For customers whose loan demands exceed our legal lending limit, we attempt to arrange for such loans on a participation basis with correspondent or other banks.
In addition to other banks, our competitors include savings institutions, credit unions, and numerous non-banking institutions such as finance companies, leasing companies, insurance companies, brokerage firms, and investment banking firms. In recent years, increased competition has also developed from specialized finance and non-finance companies that offer wholesale finance, credit card, and other consumer finance services, including on-line banking services and personal financial software. Strong competition for deposit and loan products affects the rates of those products as well as the terms on which they are offered to customers. Mergers between financial institutions have placed additional competitive pressure on banks within the industry to streamline their operations, reduce expenses, and increase revenues. Competition has also intensified due to federal and state interstate banking laws enacted in the mid-1990’s, which permit banking organizations to expand into other states. The relatively large California market has been particularly attractive to out-of-state institutions. The Financial Modernization Act, which became effective March 11, 2000, has made it possible for full affiliations to occur between banks and securities firms, insurance companies, and other financial companies, and has also intensified competitive conditions.
Currently, within the Bank’s branch service area there are 34 traditional banking branch offices of competing institutions, including 21 branches of 6 major banks. As of June 30, 2008, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation estimated the Bank’s market share of insured deposits within the communities it serves to be as follows: Chester 70%, Quincy 54%, Portola 47%, Alturas 38%, Susanville 35%, Kings Beach 33%, Fall River Mills/Burney 20%, Truckee 18%, Tahoe City 3%, Redding less than 1% and 100% in the communities of Greenville, Westwood and Loyalton. Redding is the location of our most recently opened branch, which opened its doors in June 2007.
Technological innovations have also resulted in increased competition in financial services markets. Such innovation has, for example, made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer customers automated transfer payment services that previously were considered traditional banking products. In addition, many customers now expect a choice of delivery systems and channels, including telephone, mail, home computer, mobile, ATMs, full-service branches, and/or in-store branches. The sources of competition in such products include traditional banks as well as savings associations, credit unions, brokerage firms, money market and other mutual funds, asset management groups, finance and insurance companies, internet-only financial intermediaries, and mortgage banking firms.

 

8


Table of Contents

For many years we have countered rising competition by providing our own style of community-oriented, personalized service. We rely on local promotional activity, personal contacts by our officers, directors, employees, and shareholders, automated 24-hour banking, and the individualized service that we can provide through our flexible policies. This approach appears to be well-received by our customers who appreciate a more personal and customer-oriented environment in which to conduct their financial transactions. To meet the needs of customers who prefer to bank electronically, we offer telephone banking, remote deposit, and personal computer and internet banking with bill payment capabilities. This high tech and high touch approach allows the customers to tailor their access to our services based on their particular preference.
Employees. At December 31, 2008, the Company and its subsidiary employed 195 persons. On a full-time equivalent basis, we employed 177 persons. We believe our employee relations are excellent.
Supervision and Regulation
The Company. As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, (the “BHCA”), and are registered with and subject to the supervision of the Federal Reserve Bank (the “FRB”). It is the policy of the FRB, that each bank holding company serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks. We are required to file reports with the FRB and provide such additional information as the FRB may require. The FRB has the authority to examine us and our subsidiary, as well as any arrangements between us and our subsidiary, with the cost of any such examination to be borne by us.
The BHCA requires us to obtain the prior approval of the FRB before acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or ownership or control of the voting shares of any bank if, after giving effect to the acquisition, we would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of that bank. Amendments to the BHCA expand the circumstances under which a bank holding company may acquire control of all or substantially all of the assets of a bank located outside the State of California.
We may not engage in any business other than managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to our subsidiary, with the exception of certain activities which, in the opinion of the FRB, are so closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks as to be incidental to banking. In addition, we are generally prohibited from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company unless that company is engaged in such authorized activities and the Federal Reserve approves the acquisition.
We and our subsidiary are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of property or provision of services. For example, with certain exceptions, the bank may not condition an extension of credit on a customer obtaining other services provided by us, the bank or any other subsidiary of ours, or on a promise by the customer not to obtain other services from a competitor. In addition, federal law imposes certain restrictions on transactions between the bank and its affiliates. As affiliates, the bank and we are subject, with certain exceptions, to the provisions of federal law imposing limitations on and requiring collateral for extensions of credit by the bank to any affiliate.
The Bank. As a California state-chartered bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve, Plumas Bank is subject to primary supervision, examination and regulation by the FDIC, the California Department of Financial Institutions (the “DFI”) and is subject to applicable regulations of the FRB. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC to applicable limits. As a consequence of the extensive regulation of commercial banking activities in California and the United States, banks are particularly susceptible to changes in California and federal legislation and regulations, which may have the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting permissible activities or increasing competition.
Various other requirements and restrictions under the laws of the United States and the State of California affect the operations of the Bank. Federal and California statutes and regulations relate to many aspects of the Bank’s operations, including reserves against deposits, interest rates payable on deposits, loans, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowings, dividends, branching, capital requirements and disclosure obligations to depositors and borrowers. California law presently permits a bank to locate a branch office in any locality in the state. Additionally, California law exempts banks from California usury laws.

 

9


Table of Contents

Capital Standards. The FRB and the FDIC have risk-based capital adequacy guidelines intended to provide a measure of capital adequacy that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets, and transactions, such as letters of credit and recourse arrangements, which are reported as off-balance-sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance-sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 0% for assets with low credit risk, such as certain U.S. government securities, to 100% for assets with relatively higher credit risk, such as business loans.
A banking organization’s risk-based capital ratios are obtained by dividing its qualifying capital by its total risk-adjusted assets and off-balance-sheet items. The regulators measure risk-adjusted assets and off-balance-sheet items against both total qualifying capital (the sum of Tier 1 capital and limited amounts of Tier 2 capital) and Tier 1 capital. Tier 1 capital consists of common stock, retained earnings, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and minority interests in certain subsidiaries, less most other intangible assets. Tier 2 capital may consist of a limited amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses and certain other instruments with some characteristics of equity. The inclusion of elements of Tier 2 capital is subject to certain other requirements and limitations of the federal banking agencies. Since December 31, 1992, the FRB and the FDIC have required a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-adjusted assets and off-balance-sheet items of 8%, and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets and off-balance-sheet items of 4%.
In addition to the risk-based guidelines, the FRB and FDIC require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. For a banking organization rated in the highest of the five categories used by regulators to rate banking organizations, the minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is 3%. It is improbable; however, that an institution with a 3% leverage ratio would receive the highest rating by the regulators since a strong capital position is a significant part of the regulators’ ratings. For all banking organizations not rated in the highest category, the minimum leverage ratio is at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% minimum. Thus, the effective minimum leverage ratio, for all practical purposes, is at least 4% or 5%. In addition to these uniform risk-based capital guidelines and leverage ratios that apply across the industry, the FRB and FDIC have the discretion to set individual minimum capital requirements for specific institutions at rates significantly above the minimum guidelines and ratios.

 

10


Table of Contents

A bank that does not achieve and maintain the required capital levels may be issued a capital directive by the FDIC to ensure the maintenance of required capital levels. As discussed above, we are required to maintain certain levels of capital, as is the Bank. The regulatory capital guidelines as well as the actual capitalization for the Bank and Bancorp as of December 31, 2008 follow:
                                 
    Requirement for the              
    Bank to be:              
    Adequately     Well     Plumas     Plumas  
    Capitalized     Capitalized     Bank     Bancorp  
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio
    4.0 %     5.0 %     9.7 %     9.8 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
    4.0 %     6.0 %     10.8 %     11.0 %
Total risk-based capital ratio
    8.0 %     10.0 %     12.1 %     12.2 %
Prompt Corrective Action. Federal banking agencies possess broad powers to take corrective and other supervisory action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions, including those institutions that fall below one or more prescribed minimum capital ratios described above. An institution that, based upon its capital levels, is classified as well capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such treatment. At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions.
In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, commercial banking organizations may be subject to potential enforcement actions by the federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation, or any condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the imposition of a conservator or receiver, the issuance of a cease-and-desist order that can be judicially enforced, the termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a depository institution), the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties and the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders based upon a judicial determination that the agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted. Additionally, a holding company’s inability to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banking organizations could serve as an additional basis for a regulatory action against the holding company.
Premiums for Deposit Insurance. The deposit insurance fund of the FDIC insures our customer deposits up to prescribed limits for each depositor. The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 and the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Conforming Amendments Act of 2005 amended the insurance of deposits by the FDIC and collection of assessments from insured depository institutions for deposit insurance. The FDIC approved a final rule to determine risk-based assessment rates on November 2, 2006, with rates effective on January 1, 2007, however new rules were proposed in 2008. An insured depository institution’s assessment rate under the final rule is based on the new assessment rate schedule, its long-term debt issuer ratings or recent financial ratios and supervisory ratings. The proposed rule would also look at other factors that increase risks to the FDIC’s insurance fund. Any increase in assessments or the assessment rate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, depending on the amount of the increase. Furthermore, the FDIC is authorized to raise insurance premiums under certain circumstances.
The FDIC is authorized to terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a finding by the FDIC that the institution’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the institution’s regulatory agency. The termination of deposit insurance for the bank would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or cash flows.

 

11


Table of Contents

Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (the “FHLB-SF”). Among other benefits, each Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. Each FHLB is financed primarily from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. Each FHLB makes available loans or advances to its members in compliance with the policies and procedures established by the Board of Directors of the individual FHLB. The FHLB-SF utilizes a single class of stock with a par value of $100 per share, which may be issued, exchanged, redeemed and repurchased only at par value. As an FHLB member, the Bank is required to own FHLB — SF capital stock in an amount equal to the greater of:
   
a membership stock requirement with an initial cap of $25 million (100% of “membership asset value” as defined), or
   
an activity based stock requirement (based on percentage of outstanding advances).
The FHLB — SF capital stock is redeemable on five years written notice, subject to certain conditions.
At December 31, 2008 the Bank owned 19,328 shares of the FHLB-SF capital stock.
Federal Reserve System. The FRB requires all depository institutions to maintain non-interest bearing reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts and non-personal time deposits. At December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with these requirements.
Impact of Monetary Policies. The earnings and growth of the Company are subject to the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions, including inflation, recession and unemployment. The earnings of the Company are affected not only by general economic conditions but also by the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and federal agencies, particularly the FRB. The FRB can and does implement national monetary policy, such as seeking to curb inflation and combat recession, by its open market operations in United States Government securities and by its control of the discount rates applicable to borrowings by banks from the FRB. The actions of the FRB in these areas influence the growth of bank loans and leases, investments and deposits and affect the interest rates charged on loans and leases and paid on deposits. The FRB’s policies have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The nature and timing of any future changes in monetary policies are not predictable.
Extensions of Credit to Insiders and Transactions with Affiliates. The Federal Reserve Act and FRB Regulation O place limitations and conditions on loans or extensions of credit to:
   
a bank’s or bank holding company’s executive officers, directors and principal shareholders ( i.e. , in most cases, those persons who own, control or have power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting securities),
   
any company controlled by any such executive officer, director or shareholder, or
   
any political or campaign committee controlled by such executive officer, director or principal shareholder.
Loans and leases extended to any of the above persons must comply with loan-to-one-borrower limits, require prior full board approval when aggregate extensions of credit to the person exceed specified amounts, must be made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and collateral) as, and follow credit-underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-insiders, and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. In addition, Regulation O provides that the aggregate limit on extensions of credit to all insiders of a bank as a group cannot exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. Regulation O also prohibits a bank from paying an overdraft on an account of an executive officer or director, except pursuant to a written pre-authorized interest-bearing extension of credit plan that specifies a method of repayment or a written pre-authorized transfer of funds from another account of the officer or director at the bank.

 

12


Table of Contents

Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations. The banking regulatory agencies are focusing greater attention on compliance with consumer protection laws and their implementing regulations. Examination and enforcement have become more intense in nature, and insured institutions have been advised to monitor carefully compliance with such laws and regulations. The Company is subject to many federal and state consumer protection and privacy statutes and regulations, some of which are discussed below.
The Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”) is intended to encourage insured depository institutions, while operating safely and soundly, to help meet the credit needs of their communities. The CRA specifically directs the federal regulatory agencies, in examining insured depository institutions, to assess a bank’s record of helping meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The CRA further requires the agencies to take a financial institution’s record of meeting its community credit needs into account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches, mergers or acquisitions, or holding company formations . The agencies use the CRA assessment factors in order to provide a rating to the financial institution. The ratings range from a high of “outstanding” to a low of “substantial noncompliance.” In its last examination for CRA compliance, as of August 2005, the Bank was rated “satisfactory.”
The Equal Credit Opportunity Act (the “ECOA”) generally prohibits discrimination in any credit transaction, whether for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs, or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit Protection Act.
The Truth in Lending Act (the “TILA”) is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so that consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. As a result of the TILA, all creditors must use the same credit terminology to express rates and payments, including the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments and the payment schedule, among other things.
The Fair Housing Act (the “FH Act”) regulates many practices, including making it unlawful for any lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap or familial status. A number of lending practices have been found by the courts to be, or may be considered, illegal under the FH Act, including some that are not specifically mentioned in the FH Act itself.
The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (the “HMDA”), in response to public concern over credit shortages in certain urban neighborhoods, requires public disclosure of information that shows whether financial institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and communities in which they are located. The HMDA also includes a “fair lending” aspect that requires the collection and disclosure of data about applicant and borrower characteristics as a way of identifying possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing anti-discrimination statutes.
The Right to Financial Privacy Act (the “RFPA”) imposes a new requirement for financial institutions to provide new privacy protections to consumers. Financial institutions must provide disclosures to consumers of its privacy policy, and state the rights of consumers to direct their financial institution not to share their nonpublic personal information with third parties.
Finally, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (the “RESPA”) requires lenders to provide noncommercial borrowers with disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements. Also, RESPA prohibits certain abusive practices, such as kickbacks, and places limitations on the amount of escrow accounts.
Penalties for noncompliance or violations under the above laws may include fines, reimbursement and other penalties. Due to heightened regulatory concern related to compliance with CRA, ECOA, TILA, FH Act, HMDA, RFPA and RESPA generally, the Company may incur additional compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for investments in its local communities.

 

13


Table of Contents

Recent Legislation and Other Changes. Federal and state laws affecting banking are enacted from time to time, and similarly federal and state regulations affecting banking are also adopted from time to time. The following include some of the recent laws and regulations affecting banking.
On February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was enacted to provide stimulus to the struggling US economy. ARRA authorizes spending of $787 billion, including about $288 billion for tax relief, $144 billion for state and local relief aid, and $111 billion for infrastructure and science. In addition, ARRA includes additional executive compensation restrictions for recipients of funds from the US Treasury under the Troubled Assets Relief Program of the Emergency Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 (“EESA”). The provisions of EESA amended by the ARRA include (i) expanding the coverage of the executive compensation limits to as many as the 25 most highly compensated employees of a TARP funds recipient and its affiliates for certain aspects of executive compensation limits and (ii) specifically limiting incentive compensation of covered executives to one-third of their annual compensation which is required to be paid in restricted stock that does not vest until all of the TARP funds are no longer outstanding (note that if TARP warrants remain outstanding and no other TARP instruments are outstanding, then such warrants would not be considered outstanding for purposes of this incentive compensation restriction. In addition, the board of directors of any TARP recipient is required under EESA, as amended to have a company-wide policy regarding excessive or luxury expenditures, as identified by the Treasury, which may include excessive expenditures on entertainment or events; office and facility renovations; aviation or other transportation services; or other activities or events that are not reasonable expenditures for staff development, reasonable performance incentives, or other similar measures conducted in the normal course of the business operations of the TARP recipient.
EESA, as amended by ARRA, provides for a new incentive compensation restriction for financial institutions receiving TARP funds. The number of executives and employees covered by this new incentive compensation restriction depends on the amount of TARP funds received by such entity. For community banks that have or will receive less than $25 million, the new incentive compensation restriction applies only to the highest paid employee. This new incentive compensation restriction prohibits a TARP recipient from paying or accruing any bonus, retention award, or incentive compensation during the period in which any TARP obligation remains outstanding, except that such prohibition shall not apply to the payment of long-term restricted stock by such TARP recipient, provided that such long-term restricted stock (i) does not fully vest during the period in which any TARP obligation remains outstanding, (ii) has a value in an amount that is not greater than 1/3 of the total amount of annual compensation of the employee receiving the stock; and (iii) is subject to such other terms and conditions as the Secretary of the Treasury may determine is in the public interest. In addition, this prohibition does not prohibit any bonus payment required to be paid pursuant to a written employment contract executed on or before February 11, 2009, as such valid employment contracts are determined by the Treasury.
EESA was amended by ARRA to also provide additional corporate governance provisions with respect to executive compensation including the following:
   
ESTABLISHMENT OF STANDARDS — During the period in which any TARP obligation remains outstanding, each TARP recipient shall be subject to the standards in the regulations issued by the Treasury with respect to executive compensation limitations for TARP recipients, and the provisions of section 162(m)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as applicable (nondeductibility of executive compensation in excess of $500,000).
   
COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS — The Treasury is required to see that each TARP recipient meet the required standards for executive compensation and corporate governance.

 

14


Table of Contents

   
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR THE REQUIRED STANDARDS —
   
Limits on compensation that exclude incentives for senior executive officers of the TARP recipient to take unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution during the period in which any TARP obligation remains outstanding.
   
A clawback requirement by such TARP recipient of any bonus, retention award, or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive officer and any of the next 20 most highly-compensated employees of the TARP recipient based on statements of earnings, revenues, gains, or other criteria that are later found to be materially inaccurate.
   
A prohibition on such TARP recipient making any golden parachute payment to a senior executive officer or any of the next 5 most highly-compensated employees of the TARP recipient during the period in which any TARP obligation remains outstanding.
   
A prohibition on any compensation plan that would encourage manipulation of the reported earnings of such TARP recipient to enhance the compensation of any of its employees.
   
A requirement for the establishment of an independent Compensation Committee that meets at least twice a year to discuss and evaluate employee compensation plans in light of an assessment of any risk posed to the TARP recipient from such plans. For a non SEC company that is a TARP recipient that has received $25,000,000 or less of TARP assistance, the duties of the compensation committee may be carried out by the board of directors of such TARP recipient.
In addition, EESA as amended by ARRA provides that for any TARP recipient, its annual meeting materials shall include a nonbinding shareholder approval proposal of executive compensation for shareholders to vote. The SEC is to establish regulations to implement this provision. While nonpublic companies are required to include this proposal, it is not known what the regulations will provide as to executive compensation disclosure requirements of such TARP recipients, and whether they will be as extensive as the existing SEC executive compensation requirements. In addition, shareholders are allowed to present other nonbinding proposals with respect to executive compensation.
On February 10, 2009, the U. S. Treasury, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Office of Thrift Supervision all announced a comprehensive set of measures to restore confidence in the strength of U.S. financial institutions and restart the critical flow of credit to households and businesses. This program is intended to restore the flows of credit necessary to support recovery.
The core program elements include:
   
A new Capital Assistance Program to help ensure that our banking institutions have sufficient capital to withstand the challenges ahead, paired with a supervisory process to produce a more consistent and forward-looking assessment of the risks on banks’ balance sheets and their potential capital needs.
   
A new Public-Private Investment Fund on an initial scale of up to $500 billion, with the potential to expand up to $1 trillion, to catalyze the removal of legacy assets from the balance sheets of financial institutions. This fund will combine public and private capital with government financing to help free up capital to support new lending.
   
A new Treasury and Federal Reserve initiative to dramatically expand — up to $1 trillion — the existing Term Asset-Backed Securities Lending Facility (TALF) in order to reduce credit spreads and restart the securitized credit markets that in recent years supported a substantial portion of lending to households, students, small businesses, and others.
   
An extension of the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program to October 31, 2009. A new framework of governance and oversight to help ensure that banks receiving funds are held responsible for appropriate use of those funds through stronger conditions on lending, dividends and executive compensation along with enhanced reporting to the public.

 

15


Table of Contents

In October 2008, the President signed the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), in response to the global financial crisis of 2008 authorizing the United States Secretary of the Treasury with authority to spend up to $700 billion to purchase distressed assets, especially mortgage-backed securities, under the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) and make capital injections into banks under the Capital Purchase Program. EESA gives the government the unprecedented authority to buy troubled assets on balance sheets of financial institutions under the Troubled Assets Relief Program and increases the limit on insured deposits from $100,000 to $250,000 through December 31, 2009. Some of the other provisions of EESA are as follows:
   
accelerated from 2011 to 2008 the date that the Federal Reserve Bank could pay interest on deposits of banks held with the Federal Reserve to meet reserve requirements;
   
to the extent that the U. S. Treasury purchases mortgage securities as part of TARP, the Treasury shall implement a plan to minimize foreclosures including using guarantees and credit enhancements to support reasonable loan modifications, and to the extent loans are owned by the government to consent to the reasonable modification of such loans;
   
limits executive compensation for executives for TARP participating financial institutions including a maximum corporate tax deduction limit of $500,000 for each of the top five highest paid executives of such institution, requiring clawbacks of incentive compensation that were paid based on inaccurate or false information, limiting golden parachutes for involuntary and certain voluntary terminations to 2.99x their average annual salary and bonus for the last five years, and prohibiting the payment of incentive compensation that encourages management to take unnecessary and excessive risks with respect to the institution;
   
extends the mortgage debt forgiveness provision of the Mortgage Forgiveness Debt Relief Act of 2007 by three years (2012) to ease the income tax burden on those involved with certain foreclosures; and
   
qualified financial institutions may count losses on FNMA and FHLMC preferred stock against ordinary income, rather than capital gain income.
The Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program was implemented by the FDIC on October 14, 2008 to mitigate the lack of liquidity in the financial markets. The Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program has two primary components: the Debt Guarantee Program, by which the FDIC will guarantee the payment of certain newly-issued senior unsecured debt, and the Transaction Account Guarantee Program, by which the FDIC will guarantee certain noninterest-bearing and low interest-bearing transaction accounts. The Debt Guarantee Program provides for an FDIC guarantee as to the payment of all senior unsecured debt (with a term of more than 30 days) issued by a qualified participating entity (insured depository institutions, bank and financial holding companies, and certain savings and loan holding companies) up to a limit of 125 percent of all senior unsecured debt outstanding on September 30, 2008, and maturing by June 30, 2009. The FDIC guarantee is until June 30, 2012, and the fee for such guarantee depends on the term with a maximum of 100 basis points for terms in excess of 365 days. The Transaction Account Guarantee Program is the second part of the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. The FDIC provides for a temporary full guarantee held at a participating FDIC-insured depository institution of noninterest-bearing and low interest-bearing transaction accounts above the existing deposit insurance limit at the additional cost of 10 basis points per annum. This coverage became effective on October 14, 2008, and would continue through December 31, 2009.
On July 30, 2008, the Housing and Economic Recovery Act was was signed the President. It authorizes the Federal Housing Administration to guarantee up to $300 billion in new 30-year fixed rate mortgages for subprime borrowers if lenders write-down principal loan balances to 90 percent of current appraisal value. It is also intended to restore confidence in Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac by strengthening regulations and injecting capital into them. States will be authorized to refinance subprime loans using mortgage revenue bonds. It also establishes the Federal Housing Finance Agency out of the Federal Housing Finance Board and Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight.

 

16


Table of Contents

In 2008, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Office of Thrift Supervision amended their regulatory capital rules to permit banks, bank holding companies, and savings associations (as to any of these a “financial institution”) to reduce the amount of goodwill that a banking organization must deduct from tier 1 capital by the amount of any deferred tax liability associated with that goodwill. However, a financial institution that reduces the amount of goodwill deducted from tier 1 capital by the amount of the deferred tax liability is not permitted to net this deferred tax liability against deferred tax assets when determining regulatory capital limitations on deferred tax assets. For these financial institutions, the amount of goodwill deducted from tier 1 capital will reflect each institution’s maximum exposure to loss in the event that the entire amount of goodwill is impaired or derecognized, an event which triggers the concurrent derecognition of the related deferred tax liability for financial reporting purposes.
On October 7, 2008 the FDIC adopted a restoration plan that would increase the rates banks pay for deposit insurance, and proposed rules for adjusting the system that determines what deposit insurance premium rate a bank pays the FDIC. Currently, banks pay anywhere from five basis points to 43 basis points for deposit insurance. Under the proposal rule, the assessment rate schedule would be raised uniformly by 7 basis points (annualized) beginning on January 1, 2009. Beginning with the second quarter of 2009, changes would be made to the deposit insurance assessment system to make the increase in assessments fairer by requiring riskier institutions to pay a larger share. Together, the proposed changes would improve the way the system differentiates risk among insured institutions and help ensure that the reserve ratio returns to at least 1.15 percent by the end of 2013. The proposed changes to the assessment system include assessing higher rates to institutions with a significant reliance on secured liabilities, which generally raises the FDIC’s loss in the event of failure without providing additional assessment revenue. The proposal also would assess higher rates for institutions with a significant reliance on brokered deposits but, for well-managed and well-capitalized institutions, only when accompanied by rapid asset growth. Brokered deposits combined with rapid asset growth have played a role in a number of costly failures, including some recent ones. The proposal also would provide incentives in the form of a reduction in assessment rates for institutions to hold long-term unsecured debt and, for smaller institutions, high levels of Tier 1 capital. The FDIC also voted to maintain the Designated Reserve Ratio at 1.25 percent as a signal of its long term target for the fund.
The Federal Reserve Board in October 2008 approved final amendments to Regulation C that revise the rules for reporting price information on higher-priced mortgage loans. The changes are intended to improve the accuracy and usefulness of data reported under the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. Regulation C currently requires lenders to collect and report the spread between the annual percentage rate (APR) on a mortgage loan and the yield on a Treasury security of comparable maturity if the spread is greater than 3.0 percentage points for a first lien loan or greater than 5.0 percentage points for a subordinate lien loan. This difference is known as a rate spread. Under the final rule, a lender will report the spread between the loan’s APR and a survey-based estimate of APRs currently offered on prime mortgages of a comparable type (“average prime offer rate”) if the spread is equal to or greater than 1.5 percentage points for a first lien loan or equal to or greater than 3.5 percentage points for a subordinate-lien loan. The Board will publish average prime offer rates based on the Primary Mortgage Market Survey ® currently published by Freddie Mac. In setting the rate spread reporting threshold, the Board sought to cover subprime mortgages and generally avoid covering prime mortgages. The changes to Regulation C conform the threshold for rate spread reporting to the definition of higher-priced mortgage loans adopted by the Board under Regulation Z (Truth in Lending) in July of 2008.
The Federal Reserve Board in July 2008 approved a final rule for home mortgage loans to better protect consumers and facilitate responsible lending. The rule prohibits unfair, abusive or deceptive home mortgage lending practices and restricts certain other mortgage practices. The final rule also establishes advertising standards and requires certain mortgage disclosures to be given to consumers earlier in the transaction. The final rule, which amends Regulation Z (Truth in Lending) and was adopted under the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act (HOEPA), largely follows a proposal released by the Board in December 2007, with enhancements that address ensuing public comments, consumer testing, and further analysis.

 

17


Table of Contents

The final rule adds four key protections for a newly defined category of “higher-priced mortgage loans” secured by a consumer’s principal dwelling. For loans in this category, these protections will:
   
Prohibit a lender from making a loan without regard to borrowers’ ability to repay the loan from income and assets other than the home’s value. A lender complies, in part, by assessing repayment ability based on the highest scheduled payment in the first seven years of the loan. To show that a lender violated this prohibition, a borrower does not need to demonstrate that it is part of a “pattern or practice.”
   
Require creditors to verify the income and assets they rely upon to determine repayment ability.
   
Ban any prepayment penalty if the payment can change in the initial four years. For other higher-priced loans, a prepayment penalty period cannot last for more than two years.
   
Require creditors to establish escrow accounts for property taxes and homeowner’s insurance for all first-lien mortgage loans.
In addition to the rules governing higher-priced loans, the rules adopt the following protections for loans secured by a consumer’s principal dwelling, regardless of whether the loan is higher-priced:
   
Creditors and mortgage brokers are prohibited from coercing a real estate appraiser to misstate a home’s value.
   
Companies that service mortgage loans are prohibited from engaging in certain practices, such as pyramiding late fees. In addition, servicers are required to credit consumers’ loan payments as of the date of receipt and provide a payoff statement within a reasonable time of request.
   
Creditors must provide a good faith estimate of the loan costs, including a schedule of payments, within three days after a consumer applies for any mortgage loan secured by a consumer’s principal dwelling, such as a home improvement loan or a loan to refinance an existing loan. Currently, early cost estimates are only required for home-purchase loans. Consumers cannot be charged any fee until after they receive the early disclosures, except a reasonable fee for obtaining the consumer’s credit history.
For all mortgages, the rule also sets additional advertising standards. Advertising rules now require additional information about rates, monthly payments, and other loan features. The final rule bans seven deceptive or misleading advertising practices, including representing that a rate or payment is “fixed” when it can change. The rule’s definition of “higher-priced mortgage loans” will capture virtually all loans in the subprime market, but generally exclude loans in the prime market. To provide an index, the Federal Reserve Board will publish the “average prime offer rate,” based on a survey currently published by Freddie Mac. A loan is higher-priced if it is a first-lien mortgage and has an annual percentage rate that is 1.5 percentage points or more above this index, or 3.5 percentage points if it is a subordinate-lien mortgage. The new rules take effect on October 1, 2009. The single exception is the escrow requirement, which will be phased in during 2010 to allow lenders to establish new systems as needed.
In May 2008, the Federal Reserve Board proposed rules to prohibit unfair practices regarding credit cards and overdraft services that would, among other provisions, protect consumers from unexpected increases in the rate charged on pre-existing credit card balances. The rules, proposed for public comment under the Federal Trade Commission Act (FTC Act), also would forbid banks from imposing interest charges using the “two-cycle” billing method, would require that consumers receive a reasonable amount of time to make their credit card payments, and would prohibit the use of payment allocation methods that unfairly maximize interest charges. They also include protections for consumers that use overdraft services offered by their bank. The proposed changes to the Board’s Regulation AA (Unfair or Deceptive Acts or Practices) would be complemented by separate proposals that the Board is issuing under the Truth in Lending Act (Regulation Z) and the Truth in Savings Act (Regulation DD).

 

18


Table of Contents

The provisions addressing credit card practices are part of the Board’s ongoing effort to enhance protections for consumers who use credit cards, and follow the Board’s 2007 proposal to improve the credit card disclosures under the Truth in Lending Act. The FTC Act proposal includes five key protections for consumers that use credit cards:
   
Banks would be prohibited from increasing the rate on a pre-existing credit card balance (except under limited circumstances) and must allow the consumer to pay off that balance over a reasonable period of time.
   
Banks would be prohibited from applying payments in excess of the minimum in a manner that maximizes interest charges.
   
Banks would be required to give consumers the full benefit of discounted promotional rates on credit cards by applying payments in excess of the minimum to any higher-rate balances first, and by providing a grace period for purchases where the consumer is otherwise eligible.
   
Banks would be prohibited from imposing interest charges using the “two-cycle” method, which computes interest on balances on days in billing cycles preceding the most recent billing cycle.
   
Banks would be required to provide consumers a reasonable amount of time to make payments.
The proposal would also address subprime credit cards by limiting the fees that reduce the available credit. In addition, banks that make firm offers of credit advertising multiple rates or credit limits would be required to disclose in the solicitation the factors that determine whether a consumer will qualify for the lowest rate and highest credit limit. The Board’s proposal under the FTC Act also addresses acts or practices in connection with a bank’s payment of overdrafts on a deposit account, whether the overdraft is created by check, a withdrawal at an automated teller machine, a debit card purchase, or other transactions. The proposal requires institutions to provide consumers with notice and an opportunity to opt out of the payment of overdrafts, before any overdraft fees or charges may be imposed on consumers’ accounts.
In December 2007, the FDIC issued a proposed rule to improve the process for determining uninsured depositors at larger institutions in the event of a failure. The measure is intended to allow the FDIC to make funds promptly available to insured deposit customers in the unlikely event that a large financial institution is closed. The proposal is broken into two parts. One section relates to so-called covered institutions, those that have at least $2 billion in domestic deposits, have more than 250,000 deposit accounts, or have total assets of more than $20 billion, regardless of the number of deposits or accounts. A covered institution would be required to adopt mechanisms that, in the event of a failure, would place provisional holds on large deposit accounts in a percentage specified by the FDIC; provide the FDIC with deposit account data in a standard format; and allow automatic removal of provisional holds once the FDIC makes an insurance determination. The second part applies to all FDIC-insured institutions, regardless of size, and governs the specific time and circumstance under which account balances will be determined in the event of a failure. The FDIC is proposing to use the end-of-day ledger balance as normally calculated by the institution. By using the end-of-day ledger, the FDIC will be able to apply a single standard across all failed banks in order to treat every transaction equally. This is also the same deposit balance used for Call Report and assessment purposes. There would be no requirements placed on open institutions as a result of this provision. The FDIC places a high priority on providing access to insured deposits promptly and, in the past, has usually been able to allow most depositors access to their deposits on the next business day. If adopted, the proposed rule would better enable the FDIC to continue this practice, especially for the larger, more complex institutions it insures.
The Federal Reserve Board in November 2007 approved final rules to implement the Basel II framework for large bank capital requirements. The new risk-based capital requirements apply to large, internationally active banking organizations in the United States. The new capital adequacy requirements were designed to align regulatory capital requirements with actual risks and are expected to strengthen banking organizations’ risk-management practices. Basel II would replace the current U.S. rules implementing the Basel Capital Accord of 1988 (Basel I) and be mandatory for large, internationally active banking organizations (so-called “core” banking organizations with at least $250 billion in total assets or at least $10 billion in foreign exposure) and optional for others. Under Basel II, core banking organizations would be required to enhance the measurement and management of their risks, including credit risk and operational risk. Core banking organizations will be required to have rigorous processes for assessing their overall capital adequacy in relation to their total risk profile and to publicly disclose information about their risk profile and capital adequacy.

 

19


Table of Contents

The new U.S. Basel II rule is technically consistent in most respects with international approaches and includes a number of prudential safeguards as originally proposed in September 2006. These safeguards include a requirement that banking organizations satisfactorily complete a four-quarter parallel run period before operating under the Basel II framework, a requirement that an institution satisfactorily complete a series of transitional periods before operating under Basel II without floors, and a commitment by the agencies to conduct ongoing analysis of the framework to ensure Basel II is working as intended. Basel II in the United States will be implemented with retention of the leverage ratio and prompt corrective action requirements, which will continue to bolster capital and complement risk-based measures. Following a successful parallel run period, a banking organization would have to progress through three transitional periods (each lasting at least one year), during which there would be floors on potential declines in risk-based capital requirements. Those transitional floors would limit maximum cumulative reductions of a banking organization’s risk-based capital requirements to 5 percent during the first transitional floor period, 10 percent during the second transitional floor period, and 15 percent during the third transitional floor period. A banking organization would need approval from its primary federal regulator to move into each of the transitional floor periods, and at the end of the third transitional floor period to move to full Basel II.
In September 2007, the SEC and Federal Reserve Board adopted final rules to implement the bank “broker” provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The rules define the scope of securities activities that banks may conduct without registering with the SEC as a securities broker and implement the most important “broker” exceptions for banks adopted by the GLB Act. Specifically, the rules implement the statutory exceptions that allow a bank, subject to certain conditions, to continue to conduct securities transactions for its customers as part of the bank’s trust and fiduciary, custodial and deposit “sweep” functions, and to refer customers to a securities broker-dealer pursuant to a networking arrangement with the broker-dealer. The rules are designed to accommodate the business practices of banks and to protect investors. The effective date for compliance is the first day of the bank’s fiscal year commencing after September 30, 2008.
The federal financial regulatory agencies in December 2006 issued a new interagency policy statement on the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) along with supplemental frequently asked questions. The policy statement revises and replaces a 1993 policy statement on the ALLL. The agencies issued the revised policy statement in view of today’s uncertain economic environment and the presence of concentrations in untested loan products in the loan portfolios of insured depository institutions. The policy statement has also been revised to conform with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and post-1993 supervisory guidance. The 1993 policy statement described the responsibilities of the boards of directors, management, and banking examiners regarding the ALLL; factors to be considered in the estimation of the ALLL; and the objectives and elements of an effective loan review system, including a sound credit grading system. The policy statement reiterates that each institution has a responsibility for developing, maintaining and documenting a comprehensive, systematic, and consistently applied process appropriate to its size and the nature, scope, and risk of its lending activities for determining the amounts of the ALLL and the provision for loan and lease losses and states that each institution should ensure controls are in place to consistently determine the ALLL in accordance with GAAP, the institution’s stated policies and procedures, management’s best judgment and relevant supervisory guidance.
The policy statement also restates that insured depository institutions must maintain an ALLL at a level that is appropriate to cover estimated credit losses on individually evaluated loans determined to be impaired as well as estimated credit losses inherent in the remainder of the loan and lease portfolio, and that estimates of credit losses should reflect consideration of all significant factors that affect the collectibility of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. The policy statement states that prudent, conservative, but not excessive, loan loss allowances that represent management’s best estimate from within an acceptable range of estimated losses are appropriate.

 

20


Table of Contents

The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve System, and the FDIC in December 2006 issued final guidance on sound risk management practices for concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The agencies observed that the commercial real estate is an area in which some banks are becoming increasingly concentrated, especially with small- to medium- sized banks that face strong competition in their other business lines. The agencies support banks serving a vital role in their communities by supplying credit for business and real estate development. However, the agencies are concerned that rising commercial real estate loan concentrations may expose institutions to unanticipated earnings and capital volatility in the event of adverse changes in commercial real estate markets. The guidance provides supervisory criteria, including numerical indicators to assist in identifying institutions with potentially significant commercial real estate loan concentrations that may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny, but such criteria are not limits on commercial real estate lending.
California Assembly Bill 1301 was signed by the Governor on July 16, 2008 and became law on January 1, 2009. Among other things, the bill eliminated unnecessary applications that consume time and resources of bank licensees and which in many cases are now perfunctory. All of current Article 5 — “Locations of Head Office” of Chapter 3, and all of Chapter 4 — “Branch Offices, Other Places of Business and Automated Teller Machines” were repealed. A new Chapter 4 — “Bank Offices” was added. The new Chapter 4 requires notice to the California Department of Financial Institutions (“DFI”) the establishment of offices, rather than the current application process. Many of the current branch applications are perfunctory in nature and/or provide for a waiver of application. Banks, on an exception basis, may be subject to more stringent requirements as deemed necessary. As an example, new banks, banks undergoing a change in ownership and banks in less than satisfactory condition may be required to obtain prior approval from the DFI before establishing offices if such activity is deemed to create an issue of safety and soundness. The bill eliminated unnecessary provisions in the Banking Law that are either outdated or have become undue restrictions to bank licensees. Chapter 6 — “Powers and Miscellaneous Provisions” was repealed. A new Chapter 6 — “Restrictions and Prohibited Practices” was added. This chapter brings together restrictions in bank activities as formerly found in Chapter 18 — “Prohibited Practices and Penalties.” However, in bringing the restrictions into the new chapter, various provisions were updated to remove the need for prior approval by the DFI Commissioner. The bill renumbered current Banking Law sections to align like sections. Chapter 4.5 — “Authorizations for Banks” was added. The purpose of the chapter is to provide exceptions to certain activities that would otherwise be prohibited by other laws outside of the Financial Code. The bill added Article 1.5 — “Loan and Investment Limitations” to Chapter 10 — “Commercial Banks.” This article is new in concept and acknowledges that investment decisions are business decisions — so long as there is a diversification of the investments to spread any risk. The risk is diversified in this article by placing a limitation on the loans and investments that can be made to any one entity. This section is a trade-off for elimination of applications to the DFI for approval of investments in securities, which were repealed.
Other changes AB 1301 made to the Banking Law:
   
Authorized a bank or trust acting in any capacity under a court or private trust to arrange for the deposit of securities in a securities depository or federal reserve bank, and provided how they may be held by the securities depository;
   
Reduced from 5% to 1% the amount of eligible assets to be maintained at an approved depository by an office of a foreign (other nation) bank for the protection of the interests of creditors of the bank’s business in this state or for the protection of the public interest;
   
Enabled the DFI to issue an order against a bank licensee parent or subsidiary;
   
Provided that the examinations may be conducted in alternate examination periods if the DFI concludes that an examination of the state bank by the appropriate federal regulator carries out the purpose of this section, but the DFI may not accept two consecutive examination reports made by federal regulators;
   
Provided that the DFI may examine subsidiaries of every California state bank, state trust company, and foreign (other nation) bank to the extent and whenever and as often as the DFI shall deem advisable;

 

21


Table of Contents

   
Enabled the DFI issue an order or a final order to now include any bank holding company or subsidiary of the bank, trust company, or foreign banking corporation that is violating or failing to comply with any applicable law, or is conducting activities in an unsafe or injurious manner;
   
Enabled the DFI to take action against a person who has engaged in or participated in any unsafe or unsound act with regard to a bank, including a former employee who has left the bank.
In 2007 California, a new Section 691.1 was added to the Financial Code that exempts a bank from obtaining a securities permit for the following transactions:
   
any offer (but not a sale) not involving a public offering by a bank organized under the laws of this state of its securities.
   
the execution and delivery of any agreement for the sale of the securities pursuant to the offer if no part of the consideration for the securities is paid to or received by the bank and none of the securities are issued until the sale of the securities is authorized by the commissioner or exempted from authorization.
   
any stock split by a bank organized under the laws of this state that is effected pursuant to an amendment to its articles, an agreement of merger, or a certificate of ownership that has been approved by the commissioner, unless this exemption is withheld by order of the commissioner.
   
any offer or sale of securities by a bank organized under the laws of this state that is either (1) to a person actually approved by the commissioner pursuant to Section 702 of the Financial Code to acquire control of the bank if all of the material terms and conditions of the offer and sale of securities are disclosed in the application for approval specified in Section 702 and the offer and sale of securities is in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the approval to acquire control or (2) in a transaction exempted from the approval requirement of Section 701 by a regulation or an order of the commissioner, unless this exemption is withheld by order of the commissioner.
In California, effective January 1, 2007, a new law Financial Code Section 854.1 recognizes the ability of mortgage brokers to obtain the benefit of non interest-bearing accounts on trust funds deposited in a “commercial bank.” The provision applies to real estate brokers who collect payments or provide services in connection with a loan secured by a lien on real property and permits a mortgage broker to earn interest on an interest-bearing account at a financial institution. Interest on funds received by a real estate broker who collects payments or provides services for an “institutional investor” in connection with a loan secured by commercial real property may inure to the broker, if agreed to in writing by the broker and the institutional investor. For purposes of this law, commercial real property means real estate improved with other than a one-to-four family residence.
A 2007 California law makes it easier for California banks to accept deposits from local government agencies. Under the old law, local agency deposits over $100,000 had to be secured by collateral. Pursuant to the enactment of Assembly Bill 2011, banks would be able to acquire surplus public deposits exceeding $100,000 without pledging collateral if they participate in a deposit placement service where excess amounts are placed in certificates of deposit at other institutions within a network. Such a network (of which currently there is only one available in the market) permits the entire amount of a customer’s deposit to be FDIC-insured, and the bank taking the original deposit retains the benefit of the full amount of the deposit for lending or other purposes. AB 2011 clarifies that a local agency may deposit up to 30% of its surplus funds in certificates of deposit at a bank, savings association, savings bank, or credit union that participates in such a deposit-sharing network. Since the entire amount of the deposits would be FDIC-insured, a bank would not be required to pledge collateral. The bill permits agencies to make these deposits until January 1, 2012.

 

22


Table of Contents

It is impossible to predict what effect the enactment of certain of the above-mentioned legislation will have on the Company. Moreover, it is likely that other bills affecting the business of bank holding companies and banks may be introduced in the future by the United States Congress or California legislature.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Business Combinations
In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS No. 141R”). SFAS No. 141(R), among other things, establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer in a business combination (i) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquired business, (ii) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase, and (iii) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The Bank is required to adopt SFAS No. 141(R) for all business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after January 1, 2009. Earlier adoption is prohibited. This standard will change the Bank’s accounting treatment for business combinations on a prospective basis.
The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (SFAS No. 162). This standard identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles to be used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with GAAP. It establishes that the GAAP hierarchy should be directed to entities because it is the entity (not the auditor) that is responsible for selecting accounting principles for financial statements that are presented in conformity with GAAP. SFAS 162 became effective on November 15, 2008. The implementation of SFAS No. 162 did not have any effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets
In December 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) SFAS No. 132(R)-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets (FSP 132(R)-1). This standard provides guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. The objectives of the disclosures about plan assets in an employer’s defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan are to provide users of financial statements with an understanding of how investment allocation decisions are made, including the factors that are pertinent to an understanding of investment policies and strategies, the major categories of plan assets, the inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets, the effect of fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) on changes in plan assets for the period, and significant concentrations of risk within plan assets. The disclosures about plan assets required by the FSP are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of FSP 132(R)-1 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
As a smaller reporting company we are not required to provide the information required by this item.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
No comments have been submitted to the registrant by the staff of the Securities Exchange Commission.

 

23


Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Of the Company’s thirteen depository branches, ten are owned and three are leased. The Company also leases two lending offices, and owns four administrative facilities.
         
Owned Properties
35 South Lindan Avenue
Quincy, California (1)
  32 Central Avenue
Quincy, California (1)
  80 W. Main St.
Quincy, California (1)
 
       
424 N. Mill Creek
Quincy, California (1)
  336 West Main Street
Quincy, California
  120 North Pine Street
Portola, California
 
       
43163 Highway 299E
Fall River Mills, California
  121 Crescent Street
Greenville, California
  315 Birch Street
Westwood, California (2)
 
       
255 Main Street
Chester, California
  510 North Main Street
Alturas, California
  3000 Riverside Drive
Susanville, California
 
       
8475 North Lake Boulevard
Kings Beach, California
  11638 Donner Pass Road
Truckee, California
   
 
       
Leased Properties
243 North Lake Boulevard
Tahoe City, California
  604 Main Street
Loyalton, California
  2175 Civic Center Drive
Redding, California
 
       
1895 Plumas St., Suite 3
Reno, Nevada (3)
  470 Nevada St., Suite 108
Auburn, California (3)
   
     
(1)  
Non-branch administrative or credit administrative offices.
 
(2)  
The Westwood branch is a mortgaged property with an outstanding balance of $43,000 at December 31, 2008.
 
(3)  
Commercial lending offices.
Total rental expenses under all leases, including premises, totaled $347,000, $209,000 and $221,000, in 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively. The expiration dates of the leases vary, with the first such lease expiring during 2009 and the last such lease expiring during 2018. Future minimum lease payments in thousands of dollars are as follows:
         
Year Ending December 31,        
2009
  $ 319,000  
2010
    283,000  
2011
    262,000  
2012
    262,000  
2013
    194,000  
Thereafter
    728,000  
 
     
 
  $ 2,048,000  
 
     
The Company maintains insurance coverage on its premises, leaseholds and equipment, including business interruption and record reconstruction coverage. The branch properties and non-branch offices are adequate, suitable, in good condition and have adequate parking facilities for customers and employees. The Company and Bank are limited in their investments in real property under Federal and state banking laws. Generally, investments in real property are either for the Company and Bank use or are in real property and real property interests in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business.

 

24


Table of Contents

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, the Company and/or its subsidiary are a party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to such proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company taken as a whole.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
No matters were submitted to vote of the security holders during the fourth quarter of the period covered by this report.

 

25


Table of Contents

PART II
ITEM 5.  
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCK-HOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
The Company’s common stock is quoted on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the ticker symbol “PLBC”. As of December 31, 2008, there were 4,775,339 shares of the Company’s stock outstanding held by approximately 1,800 shareholders of record as of the same date. The following table shows the high and low sales prices for the common stock, for each quarter as reported by Yahoo Finance.
                         
Quarter   Dividends     High     Low  
4 th Quarter 2008
  $ 0.08     $ 11.00     $ 3.80  
3 rd Quarter 2008
        $ 11.97     $ 8.97  
2 nd Quarter 2008
  $ 0.16     $ 14.93     $ 10.34  
1 st Quarter 2008
        $ 14.41     $ 9.75  
 
                       
4 th Quarter 2007
  $ 0.15     $ 14.48     $ 11.50  
3 rd Quarter 2007
        $ 13.82     $ 11.50  
2 nd Quarter 2007
  $ 0.15     $ 16.49     $ 12.38  
1 st Quarter 2007
        $ 17.01     $ 14.50  
Dividends paid to shareholders by the Company are subject to restrictions set forth in California General Corporation Law, which provides that a corporation may make a distribution to its shareholders if retained earnings immediately prior to the dividend payout are at least equal to the amount of the proposed distribution. As a bank holding company without significant assets other than its equity position in the Bank, the Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders depends primarily upon dividends it receives from the Bank. Such dividends paid by the Bank to the Company are subject to certain limitations. See “Item 1 Business — Supervision and Regulation — Capital Standards”.
On January 30, 2009, under the Capital Purchase Program, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”), pursuant to which the Company issued and sold (i) 11,949 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Preferred Shares”) and (ii) a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 237,712 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value at an exercise price, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, of $7.54 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $11,949,000 in cash. The Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant were issued in a private placement exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. As described in the following paragraph the Purchase Agreement contains provisions that restrict the payment of dividends on Plumas Bancorp common stock and restrict the Company’s ability to repurchase Plumas Bancorp common stock.
Under the Purchase Agreement, prior to January 30, 2012, unless the Company has redeemed the Preferred Shares, or the Treasury has transferred the Preferred Shares to a third party, the consent of the Treasury will be required for the Company to: (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of the Common Stock (other than regular quarterly cash dividends of not more than $0.04 per share or regular semi-annual cash dividends of not more than $0.08 per share); or (2) redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of Common Stock or other equity or capital securities, other than in connection with benefit plans consistent with past practice and certain other circumstances specified in the Purchase Agreement.
It is the policy of the Company to periodically distribute excess retained earnings to the shareholders through the payment of cash dividends. Such dividends help promote shareholder value and capital adequacy by enhancing the marketability of the Company’s stock. All authority to provide a return to the shareholders in the form of a cash or stock dividend or split rests with the Board of Directors (the “Board). The Board will periodically, but on no regular schedule, review the appropriateness of a cash dividend payment. The Board by resolution shall set the amount, the record date and the payment date of any dividend after considering numerous factors, including the Company’s regulatory capital requirements, earnings, financial condition and the need for capital for expanded growth and general economic conditions. No assurance can be given that cash or stock dividends will be paid in the future.

 

26


Table of Contents

On January 22, 2007 the Company announced that the Board authorized a common stock repurchase plan for the year ending December 31, 2007. The plan authorized the repurchase of up to 250,000 shares, or approximately 5%, of the Company’s shares outstanding as of January 22, 2007. A total of 168,737 common shares, at an average cost, including commission, of $14.22 per share, were repurchased under this plan during 2007.
On December 20, 2007 the Company announced that for 2008 the Board authorized a common stock repurchase plan for up to 244,000 shares, or 5% of the Company’s shares outstanding on December 20, 2007. During the year ended December 31, 2008 the Company repurchased 106,267 shares at an average cost, including commission, of $11.45 per share. This plan terminated on December 31, 2008 and, related to its Purchase Agreement with the Treasury described above, the Company is temporarily restricted from making additional share repurchases without approval from the Treasury.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans. The following table sets forth securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2008.
                         
                    Number of securities remaining  
                    available for future issuance  
    Number of securities to     Weighted-average     under equity compensation  
    be issued upon exercise     exercise price of     plans (excluding securities  
    of outstanding options     outstanding options     reflected in column (a))  
Plan Category   (a)     (b)     (c)  
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    466,956     $ 13.38       407,229  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
  None     Not Applicable     None  
 
                 
Total
    466,956     $ 13.38       407,229  
 
                 
For additional information related to the above plans see Note 11 of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report on Form 10K.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. The following table sets forth purchases of Plumas Bancorp common stock by the Company during the fourth quarter of 2008.
                                 
                    Total Number        
                    of Shares        
                    Purchased as        
                    Part of     Maximum  
    Total             Publicly     Number of Shares  
    Number of     Average     Announced     That May Yet Be  
    Shares     Price Paid     Plans or     Purchased Under the  
Period   Purchased     per Share (1)     Programs     Plans or Programs (2)  
October 1, 2008 to October 31, 2008
    22,556     $ 10.33       22,556       142,827  
November 1, 2008 to November 30, 2008
                      142,827  
December 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008
    5,094     $ 7.55       5,094       0  
 
                           
Total
    27,650     $ 9.82       27,650          
 
                           
     
(1)  
Includes commissions.
 
(2)  
On December 20, 2007 the Company announced that for 2008 the Board authorized a common stock repurchase plan for up to 244,000 shares, or 5% of the Company’s shares outstanding on December 20, 2007. This plan terminated on December 31, 2008.

 

27


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table presents a summary of selected financial data and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included under Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
                                         
    At or for the year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (dollars in thousands except per share information)  
Statement of Income
                                       
Interest income
  $ 25,440     $ 30,284     $ 29,483     $ 25,497     $ 20,110  
Interest expense
    5,364       8,536       6,954       4,793       2,914  
 
                             
Net interest income
    20,076       21,748       22,529       20,704       17,196  
Provision for loan losses
    4,600       800       1,000       1,100       750  
Noninterest income
    5,091       5,448       5,159       5,073       5,099  
Noninterest expense
    20,475       19,671       18,290       17,549       15,898  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (212 )     2,502       3,196       2,600       2,001  
 
                             
Net income
  $ 304     $ 4,223     $ 5,202     $ 4,528     $ 3,646  
 
                             
Balance sheet (end of period)
                                       
Total assets
  $ 457,175     $ 453,115     $ 473,239     $ 472,803     $ 417,346  
Total loans
  $ 366,017     $ 352,949     $ 354,712     $ 321,646     $ 266,913  
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 7,224     $ 4,211     $ 3,917     $ 3,256     $ 2,722  
Total deposits
  $ 371,493     $ 391,940     $ 402,176     $ 426,560     $ 378,567  
Total shareholders’ equity
  $ 35,437     $ 37,139     $ 35,852     $ 31,137     $ 27,891  
Balance sheet (period average)
                                       
Total assets
  $ 447,720     $ 464,974     $ 468,988     $ 452,225     $ 409,335  
Total loans
  $ 355,416     $ 353,384     $ 335,226     $ 302,596     $ 233,759  
Total deposits
  $ 382,279     $ 403,772     $ 415,700     $ 403,818     $ 373,267  
Total shareholders’ equity
  $ 37,343     $ 37,041     $ 33,682     $ 29,548     $ 26,829  
Capital ratios
                                       
Leverage ratio
    9.8 %     10.0 %     9.5 %     8.5 %     7.6 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital
    11.0 %     11.6 %     10.9 %     10.3 %     10.1 %
Total risk-based capital
    12.2 %     12.7 %     11.8 %     11.1 %     10.9 %
Asset quality ratios
                                       
Nonperforming loans/total loans
    7.31 %     0.75 %     0.29 %     0.52 %     0.45 %
Nonperforming assets/total assets
    6.78 %     0.70 %     0.22 %     0.36 %     0.30 %
Allowance for loan losses/total loans
    1.97 %     1.19 %     1.10 %     1.01 %     1.02 %
Net loan charge-offs
  $ 1,587     $ 506     $ 339     $ 566     $ 552  
Performance ratios
                                       
Return on average assets
    0.07 %     0.91 %     1.11 %     1.00 %     0.89 %
Return on average equity
    0.8 %     11.4 %     15.4 %     15.2 %     13.5 %
Net interest margin
    4.99 %     5.18 %     5.32 %     5.06 %     4.77 %
Loans to Deposits
    98.5 %     90.1 %     88.2 %     75.4 %     70.5 %
Efficiency ratio
    81.4 %     72.3 %     66.1 %     68.1 %     71.3 %
Per share information
                                       
Basic earnings
  $ 0.06     $ 0.85     $ 1.04     $ 0.92     $ 0.75  
Diluted earnings
  $ 0.06     $ 0.84     $ 1.02     $ 0.89     $ 0.73  
Cash dividends
  $ 0.24     $ 0.30     $ 0.26     $ 0.22     $ 0.19  
Dividend payout ratio
    400 %     35.3 %     25.0 %     23.9 %     25.1 %
Book value
  $ 7.42     $ 7.63     $ 7.14     $ 6.26     $ 5.69  
Common shares outstanding at period end
    4,775,339       4,869,130       5,023,205       4,976,654       4,901,197  

 

28


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
General
We are a bank holding company for Plumas Bank, a California state-chartered commercial bank. We derive our income primarily from interest received on real estate related, commercial and consumer loans and, to a lesser extent, interest on investment securities, fees received in connection with servicing deposit and loan customers and fees from the sale or referral of loans. Our major operating expenses are the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings and general operating expenses. We rely on locally-generated deposits to provide us with funds for making loans.
We are subject to competition from other financial institutions and our operating results, like those of other financial institutions operating in California, are significantly influenced by economic conditions in California, including the strength of the real estate market. In addition, both the fiscal and regulatory policies of the federal and state government and regulatory authorities that govern financial institutions and market interest rates also impact the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
One of our strategic objectives is to expand our banking service activities to adjacent communities. In October, 2006 we opened a new Bank owned branch in Truckee, California. This replaced a much smaller leased facility. During the fourth quarter of 2006 we opened a commercial real estate loan office in Reno, Nevada. During the second quarter of 2007 we opened a branch in Redding, California and during the fourth quarter of 2007 we opened a government guaranteed lending office in Auburn, California.
Critical Accounting Policies
Our accounting policies are integral to understanding the financial results reported. Our most complex accounting policies require management’s judgment to ascertain the valuation of assets, liabilities, commitments and contingencies. We have established detailed policies and internal control procedures that are intended to ensure valuation methods are applied in an environment that is designed and operating effectively and applied consistently from period to period. The following is a brief description of our current accounting policies involving significant management valuation judgments.
Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses represents our best estimate of losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses charged to expense and reduced by loans charged off, net of recoveries.
We evaluate our allowance for loan losses quarterly. We believe that the allowance for loan losses is a “critical accounting estimate” because it is based upon management’s assessment of various factors affecting the collectibility of the loans, including current economic conditions, past credit experience, delinquency status, the value of the underlying collateral, if any, and a continuing review of the portfolio of loans.
We determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, primarily on an analysis of the various components of the loan portfolio, including all significant credits on an individual basis. We segment the loan portfolio into as many components as practical. Each component has similar characteristics, such as risk classification, past due status, type of loan or lease, industry or collateral.
We cannot provide you with any assurance that economic difficulties or other circumstances which would adversely affect our borrowers and their ability to repay outstanding loans will not occur which would be reflected in increased losses in our loan portfolio, which could result in actual losses that exceed reserves previously established.
Available for Sale Securities. Available-for-sale securities are required to be carried at fair value. We believe this is a “critical accounting estimate” in that the fair value of a security is based on quoted market prices or if quoted market prices are not available, fair values are extrapolated from the quoted prices of similar instruments. Adjustments to the available-for-sale securities fair value impact the consolidated financial statements by increasing or decreasing assets and shareholders’ equity.

 

29


Table of Contents

Investment securities are evaluated for impairment on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation to determine whether a decline in their value is other than temporary. We utilize criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline and our intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized.
Income Taxes. The Company files its income taxes on a consolidated basis with its subsidiary. The allocation of income tax expense (benefit) represents each entity’s proportionate share of the consolidated provision for income taxes.
Deferred income taxes reflect the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the reported amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws and regulations. We use an estimate of future earnings to support our position that the benefit of our deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is recognized if, based on the weight of available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. If future income should prove non-existent or less than the amount of the deferred tax assets within the tax years to which they may be applied, the asset may not be realized and our net income will be reduced.
The provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48) have been applied to all tax positions of the Company since January 1, 2007. Under FIN 48 only tax positions that met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold as of January 1, 2007 were recognized or continue to be recognized. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.
Impairment of Core Deposit Intangible. The core deposit intangible represents the excess of the premiums paid over the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired in the branch acquisitions. The core deposit intangible is required to be amortized over its expected useful life and required to be evaluated for impairment at least annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the fair value of the asset is determined to be less than the carrying amount, the core deposit intangible will be written down through a charge to operations.
Stock-Based Compensation. Compensation cost is recognized for all stock based awards that vest subsequent to January 1, 2006 based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. We believe this is a “critical accounting estimate” since the grant-date fair value is estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing formula, which involves making estimates of the assumptions used, including the expected term of the option, expected volatility over the option term, expected dividend yield over the option term and risk-free interest rate. In addition, when determining the compensation expense to amortize over the vesting period, management makes estimates about the expected forfeiture rate of options.

 

30


Table of Contents

The following discussion is designed to provide a better understanding of significant trends related to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and capital. It pertains to the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition and results of operations as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. The discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and the other financial information appearing elsewhere herein.
Overview
Our Company has been affected by an economic downturn unprecedented in recent memory. Despite this we were able to remain profitable. The Company’s net income decreased $3.9 million, or 92.8%, to $304 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $4.2 million for the same period in 2007. Net income was $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The primary driver of this decrease in net income was the increase in the loan loss provision of $3.8 million during 2008. Other factors contributing to the decrease in earnings during 2008 were: (i) a decrease in net interest income of $1.7 million, primarily related to a decline in market rates during the period; (ii) a $357 thousand decline in non-interest income related to a $415 thousand impairment loss on a $500 thousand corporate debt security issued by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., which filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy on September 15, 2008 and; (iii) an increase of $804 thousand in non-interest expense. The increase in non-interest expense included a provision for losses on other real estate holdings totaling $618 thousand. Partially offsetting these reductions in income in 2008 was a decrease of $2.7 million in the provision for income taxes.
Total assets at December 31, 2008 increased $4.1 million, or 0.9% to $457 million. This increase included increases of $5.6 million in cash and due from banks, $9.8 million in net loans, $3.7 million in real estate and vehicles acquired through foreclosure and $1.9 million in other assets, partially offset by a decline of $16.9 million in investment securities. Net loans totaled $359.1 million at December 31, 2008, up 2.8% from $349.3 million at December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2008 investment securities totaled $38.4 million compared to $55.3 million at December 31, 2007.
Deposits declined by $20.4 million, or 5.2%, to $371.5 million at December 31, 2008 from $391.9 million at December 31, 2007. The decline in deposits primarily relates to the maturity of higher rate time certificates of deposit. Time deposits declined by $30.1 million from $128.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2007 to $98.3 million at December 31, 2008. This decrease was mitigated by the increase in lower cost other interest-bearing deposits of $8.1 million and in non-interest bearing deposits of $1.6 million.
In order to fund the growth in loans while deposits were declining and to take advantage of favorable interest rates, short-term borrowings increased by $26.5 million from $7.5 million at December 31, 2007 to $34 million at December 31, 2008.
The return on average assets was 0.07% for 2008, down from 0.91% for 2007. The return on average equity was 0.8% for 2008, down from 11.4% for 2007.

 

31


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
Net Interest Income
The following table presents, for the years indicated, the distribution of consolidated average assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity. Average balances are based on average daily balances. It also presents the amounts of interest income from interest-earning assets and the resultant yields expressed in both dollars and yield percentages, as well as the amounts of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant cost expressed in both dollars and rate percentages. Nonaccrual loans are included in the calculation of average loans while nonaccrued interest thereon is excluded from the computation of yields earned:
                                                                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
            Interest     Rates             Interest     Rates             Interest     Rates  
    Average     income/     earned/     Average     income/     earned/     Average     income/     earned/  
    balance     expense     paid     balance     expense     paid     balance     expense     paid  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Assets
                                                                       
Federal funds sold
  $ 118     $ 3       2.54 %   $ 3,517     $ 171       4.86 %   $ 3,616     $ 164       4.54 %
Investment securities (1)
    46,658       1,887       4.04       62,690       2,404       3.83       84,794       3,047       3.59  
Total loans (2)(3)
    355,416       23,550       6.63       353,384       27,709       7.84       335,226       26,272       7.84  
 
                                                           
Total earning assets
    402,192       25,440       6.33 %     419,591       30,284       7.22 %     423,636       29,483       6.96 %
 
                                                                 
Cash and due from banks
    12,174                       12,850                       13,547                  
Other assets
    33,354                       32,533                       31,805                  
 
                                                                 
Total assets
  $ 447,720                     $ 464,974                     $ 468,988                  
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
                                                                       
Interest bearing demand deposits
  $ 73,338       548       0.75 %   $ 77,254       1,335       1.73 %   $ 80,685       1,489       1.85 %
Money market deposits
    37,626       312       0.83       39,431       327       0.83       56,496       661       1.17  
Savings deposits
    48,573       161       0.33       50,448       245       0.49       59,802       423       0.71  
Time deposits
    110,743       3,501       3.16       121,808       5,304       4.35       93,515       3,314       3.54  
Short-term borrowings
    11,857       202       1.70       8,735       467       5.35       4,446       237       5.33  
Junior subordinated debentures
    10,310       623       6.04       10,310       835       8.10       10,310       810       7.86  
Other
    309       17       5.50       303       23       7.59       285       20       7.02  
 
                                                           
Total interest bearing liabilities
    292,756       5,364       1.83 %     308,289       8,536       2.77 %     305,539       6,954       2.28 %
 
                                                                 
Noninterest bearing demand deposits
    111,999                       114,831                       125,202                  
Other liabilities
    5,622                       4,813                       4,565                  
Shareholders’ equity
    37,343                       37,041                       33,682                  
 
                                                                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 447,720                     $ 464,974                     $ 468,988                  
 
                                                                 
Net interest income
          $ 20,076                     $ 21,748                     $ 22,529          
 
                                                                 
Net interest spread (4)
                    4.50 %                     4.45 %                     4.68 %
Net interest margin (5)
                    4.99 %                     5.18 %                     5.32 %
 
     
(1)  
Interest income is reflected on an actual basis and is not computed on a tax-equivalent basis.
 
(2)  
Average nonaccrual loan balances of $5.2 million for 2008, $1.7 million for 2007 and $1.2 million for 2006 are included in average loan balances for computational purposes.
 
(3)  
Loan origination fees and costs are included in interest income as adjustments of the loan yields over the life of the loan using the interest method. Loan interest income includes net loan costs of $288,000, $360,000 and $407,000 for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
(4)  
Net interest spread represents the average yield earned on interest-earning assets less the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(5)  
Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total average earning assets.

 

32


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth changes in interest income and interest expense, for the years indicated and the amount of change attributable to variances in volume, rates and the combination of volume and rates based on the relative changes of volume and rates:
                                                                 
    2008 compared to 2007     2007 compared to 2006  
    Increase (decrease) due to change in:     Increase (decrease) due to change in:  
    Average     Average                     Average     Average              
    Volume (1)     Rate (2)     Mix (3)     Total     Volume (1)     Rate (2)     Mix (3)     Total  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:
                                                               
Federal funds sold
  $ (165 )   $ (82 )   $ 79     $ (168 )   $ (4 )   $ 12     $ (1 )   $ 7  
Investment securities
    (615 )     131       (33 )     (517 )     (794 )     205       (54 )     (643 )
Loans
    159       (4,294 )     (24 )     (4,159 )     1,423       13       1       1,437  
 
                                               
Total interest income
    (621 )     (4,245 )     22       (4,844 )     625       230       (54 )     801  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                               
Interest bearing demand deposits
    (68 )     (758 )     39       (787 )     (63 )     (95 )     4       (154 )
Money market deposits
    (15 )                 (15 )     (200 )     (192 )     58       (334 )
Savings deposits
    (9 )     (78 )     3       (84 )     (66 )     (133 )     21       (178 )
Time deposits
    (482 )     (1,453 )     132       (1,803 )     1,003       758       229       1,990  
Short-term borrowings
    167       (318 )     (114 )     (265 )     228       1       1       230  
Junior subordinated debentures
          (212 )           (212 )           25             25  
Other borrowings
          (6 )           (6 )     1       2             3  
 
                                               
Total interest expense
    (407 )     (2,825 )     60       (3,172 )     903       366       313       1,582  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Net interest income
  $ (214 )   $ (1,420 )   $ (38 )   $ (1,672 )   $ (278 )   $ (136 )   $ (367 )   $ (781 )
 
                                               
     
(1)  
The volume change in net interest income represents the change in average balance multiplied by the previous year’s rate.
 
(2)  
The rate change in net interest income represents the change in rate multiplied by the previous year’s average balance.
 
(3)  
The mix change in net interest income represents the change in average balance multiplied by the change in rate.
2008 compared to 2007. Net interest income is the difference between interest income and interest expense. Net interest income, on a nontax-equivalent basis, was $20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a decline of $1.7 million, or 7.7%, from $21.8 million for 2007. The decline in interest income and expense is primarily related to market interest rate changes during the comparison periods reflective of the 400 basis point decline in Federal fund rates during 2008. In addition, the Company’s cost of funds has benefited from the maturity of higher rate time deposits during 2008.
Overall changes in net interest income are primarily a result of the decrease in loan interest income, primarily due to the decline in yields earned, and the decrease in interest on investments securities, primarily due to the decrease in average investment securities outstanding, offset by the decreases in interest expense on deposits, short-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures primarily due to the decline in the average rates paid.
Interest income decreased $4.8 million, or 16.0%, to $25.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Interest and fees on loans decreased by $4.2 million from $27.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $23.5 million for 2008. The average loan balances were $355.4 million for 2008, up $2.0 million from the $353.4 million for 2007. The average yields on loans were 6.63% for 2008 down from the 7.84% for 2007. In addition to the decline in yield related to a decline in market interest rates, the loan yields for 2008 reflects the impact of an increase in forgone interest on nonaccrual loans from $161 thousand during 2007 to $576 thousand during 2008.
Interest on investment securities decreased by $517 thousand, as a slight increase in yield of 21 basis points was offset by a decline in the average balance of investment securities of $16.0 million. The increase in rate during 2008 primarily relates to scheduled repayments of lower rate securities. Interest on Federal funds sold declined by $168 thousand related both to a decline in the average balance outstanding and a decline in the average rate earned.

 

33


Table of Contents

As a result of the declining rate environment interest expense decreased $3.2 million to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $8.5 million for 2007. The decrease in interest expense was primarily attributed to rate decreases on time deposits and interest bearing demand deposits and, to a lesser extent, rate decreases on savings deposits, short-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures. During 2007, rather than increasing the rates paid on our lower cost interest bearing transaction, money market and savings accounts to attract deposits and thereby increasing the rate paid on the entire balance of these accounts, the Company chose to increase its level of time deposits by offering certain short-term promotional certificates of deposit which paid a higher rate than our standard time deposits. During 2008 we allowed these higher rate promotional time deposits to mature and increased our level of short-term borrowings which offered favorable interest rates in comparison to rates we would have had to pay to attract additional time deposits.
For the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007, the Company’s average rate paid on time deposits decreased 119 basis points to 3.16% from 4.35%. This decrease includes a decline in market rates in the Company’s service area and the effect of our discontinuing the promotional certificate of deposit program.
Interest expense on interest-bearing demand accounts declined by $787 thousand primarily related to a decline in the average rate paid on these accounts from 1.73% in 2007to 0.75% in 2008. Interest expense on money market accounts declined by $15 thousand related to a decline in the average balance. The rate paid on these accounts was 0.83% during both periods as a decline in market interest rates was offset by the introduction of a new corporate sweep product which offers a tiered rate structure that rewards customers with a higher rate for maintaining larger balances. Interest on short-term borrowings decreased by $265 thousand as a decline in the rate paid on these borrowings was partially offset by an increase in average balance. Interest expense paid on junior subordinated debentures, which fluctuates with changes in the 3-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) rate, decreased by $212 thousand during 2008 as a result of a decrease in the LIBOR rate.
Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. As a result of the changes noted above, the net interest margin for 2008 decreased 19 basis points to 4.99%, from 5.18% for 2007.
2007 compared to 2006. Net interest income, on a nontax-equivalent basis, was $21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a decline of $0.8 million, or 3.5%, from $22.5 million for 2006. An increase in loan interest income related to an increase in average loans outstanding was offset by a decrease in average investment securities outstanding and an increase in both the rates paid on and average balances of time deposits. The increase in interest expense on time deposits was somewhat offset by decrease in the average balance outstanding and the rate paid on other interest bearing deposits. Interest expense on short-term borrowings increased as a result of an increase in the average balance outstanding.
Interest income increased $0.8 million, or 2.7%, to $30.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Interest and fees on loans increased by $1.4 million from $26.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $27.7 million for 2007. The average loan balances were $353.4 million for 2007, up $18.2 million, or 5%, from the $335.2 million for 2006. The average yields on loans were 7.84% for 2007 and 2006.
Interest on investment securities decreased by $643 thousand, as an increase in yield of 24 basis points was offset by a decline in average investment securities of $22.1 million.
Interest expense increased $1.6 million to $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, up from $6.9 million for 2006. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributed to rate and volume increases on time deposits and in the level of short-term borrowings. During 2007, the Company experienced increases in the average balance of its time deposits but declines in non-interest bearing demand deposit accounts, interest-bearing demand deposits, savings and money market accounts. We have experienced significant competition for deposits from both banking and non-banking sources. Rather than increasing the rates paid on our lower yielding interest bearing transaction, money market and savings accounts to attract deposits and thereby increasing the rate paid on the entire balance of these accounts, during 2007 the Company chose to increase its level of short-term time deposits and to a lesser extent to increase average short-term borrowings. In 2007, this resulted in an increase in both the volume and rate components of time deposit interest expense and the volume variance of short-term borrowings.

 

34


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 2006, the Company’s average rate paid on time deposits increased 81 basis points to 4.35% from 3.54%. This increase includes an increase in market rates in the Company’s service area and the effect of a promotional certificate of deposit program introduced during the fourth quarter of 2006. The average rate paid on promotional certificate of deposits for the year ended December 31, 2007 was 5.10% and the average balance was $45.1 million. This product provided a higher rate of return for our more interest rate sensitive customers, whose deposits we may have otherwise lost to competition, while providing a highly competitive rate to attract new deposits.
Interest expense on interest-bearing demand, money market and savings accounts declined by $666 thousand related to both a decline in the average rate paid on these accounts and a decline in the average balance. Interest on short-term borrowings increased primarily as a result of an increase in average borrowings. Interest expense paid on junior subordinated debentures, which fluctuates with changes in the 3-month LIBOR rate, increased by $25 thousand during 2007 as a result of an increase in the LIBOR rate.
As a result of the changes noted above, the net interest margin for 2007 decreased 14 basis points to 5.18%, from 5.32% for 2006.
Provision for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that management believes will be adequate to absorb inherent losses on existing loans based on an evaluation of the collectibility of the loans and prior loan loss experience. The evaluations take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans, and current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay their loan. The allowance for loan losses is based on estimates, and ultimate losses may vary from the current estimates. These estimates are reviewed periodically and, as adjustments become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods in which they become known.
The Company recorded $4.6 million in provision for loan losses for 2008, $0.8 million for 2007 and $1.0 million for 2006. The Company has experienced a higher level of net loan charge-offs and nonperforming loans in 2008 compared to 2007 related to the significant economic slow down affecting California and Nevada. In response, the Company has increased its level of allowance for loan losses to total loans from 1.19% at December 31, 2007 to 1.97% at December 31, 2008 and has increased its allowance for loan losses from $4.2 million to $7.2 million for the same periods. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans increased to 0.45% for 2008 from 0.14% for 2007 and 0.10% for 2006. Nonperforming loans increased from $2.6 million at December 31, 2007 to $26.7 million at December 31, 2008. The increase in nonperforming loans is centered in four separate loan relationships which are secured by commercial real estate. Nonperforming loans totaling $26.4 million are considered impaired and we have provided specific reserves of $3.1 million for these loans resulting in a net carrying value of $23.3 million which is also equal to the fair value of the underlying loan collateral less estimated costs to sell. Based on information currently available, management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb potential risks in the portfolio. However, no assurance can be given that the Company may not sustain charge-offs which are in excess of the allowance in any given period. See the section “Analysis of Asset Quality and Allowance for Loan Losses” for further discussion of loan quality trends and the provision for loan losses.

 

35


Table of Contents

Non-Interest Income
The following table sets forth the components of non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,     Change during Year  
    2008     2007     2006     2008     2007  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Service charges on deposit accounts
  $ 3,951     $ 3,806     $ 3,676     $ 145     $ 130  
Earnings on bank owned life insurance policies
    421       415       393       6       22  
Merchant processing
    286       282       318       4       (36 )
Investment services
    125       162       104       (37 )     58  
Customer service fees
    114       119       113       (5 )     6  
Gain on sale of loans, net
    111       47       42       64       5  
Federal Home Loan Bank dividends
    105       109       104       (4 )     5  
Loan servicing fees
    96       140       14       (44 )     126  
Official check fees
    93       157       170       (64 )     (13 )
Safe deposit box and night depository income
    67       67       69             (2 )
Impairment loss on investment security
    (415 )                 (415 )      
Other income
    137       144       156       (7 )     (12 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Total non-interest income
  $ 5,091     $ 5,448     $ 5,159     $ (357 )   $ 289  
 
                             
2008 compared to 2007. During 2008, total non-interest income decreased by $357 thousand or 7%, to $5.1 million, down from $5.4 million from the comparable period in 2007. This decrease was primarily related to a write down on a security issued by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., which filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy on September 15, 2008. Due to the significant decline in the price of this security following the bankruptcy filing the Company recorded an other than temporary impairment write down of $415 thousand. Partially offsetting this decrease were increases in service charges and gains on loan sales.
Service charge income increased by $145 thousand primarily related to an increase in monthly service charges on non-interest bearing transaction accounts. Gains on the sale of loans, which increased by $64 thousand, relate to the sale of SBA government guaranteed loans and reflects an increase in staffing levels in our government guaranteed lending operations. Partially offsetting these items were decreases in official check fees, loan servicing fees and investment services income.
Official checks fees declined by $64 thousand. Official checks fees represent fees paid by a third party processor for the processing of our cashier and expense checks. These fees are indexed to the federal funds rate and the decrease in income from this item is primarily related to the decline in the federal funds rate during 2008. Additionally, during 2008 the processor changed the fee structure further reducing fees that we earn under this relationship. We expect continued declines in official checks fees during 2009. Smaller decreases were experienced in loan servicing income which declined by $44 thousand and investment services revenue which declined $37 thousand.
2007 compared to 2006. During 2007, total non-interest income increased by $289 thousand or 6%, to $5.4 million, up from $5.1 million from the comparable period in 2006. This increase was primarily related to an increase in service charges on deposit accounts of $130 thousand and an increase in loan servicing fees of $126 thousand. The increase in service charges on deposits accounts relates to an increase in the fees charged for these services and an increase of $98 thousand in ATM income. The increase in ATM income was partially offset by an increase of $53 thousand in ATM expense, which is included in non-interest expense under the category outside service fees. Loan serving income was lower in the 2006 period mostly related to an increase in the amortization of servicing assets and I/O strips receivable.

 

36


Table of Contents

Investment services income increased by $58 thousand from 2006 primarily related to an increase in staff dedicated to this product, with the increase in income offset by an increase in salary dollars supporting this product. A decline in merchant processing income of $36 thousand resulted from a reduction of merchant accounts. During the fourth quarter of 2007 the Company changed its merchant processor to better service our merchant customers.
Non-Interest Expense
The following table sets forth the components of other non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,     Change during Year  
    2008     2007     2006     2008     2007  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 10,884     $ 11,200     $ 10,043     $ (316 )   $ 1,157  
Occupancy and equipment
    3,838       3,552       3,323       286       229  
Outside service fees
    735       671       591       64       80  
Professional fees
    688       738       780       (50 )     (42 )
Provision for OREO losses
    618                   618        
Business development
    467       530       555       (63 )     (25 )
Advertising and promotion
    448       520       552       (72 )     (32 )
Telephone and data communications
    400       362       374       38       (12 )
Loan expenses
    380       192       139       188       53  
Director compensation and retirement
    323       349       370       (26 )     (21 )
Armored car and courier
    289       279       270       10       9  
FDIC insurance
    258       48       53       210       (5 )
Stationery and supplies
    236       278       282       (42 )     (4 )
Insurance
    235       177       173       58       4  
Core deposit intangible amortization
    216       301       301       (85 )      
Postage
    208       242       249       (34 )     (7 )
Other operating expense
    252       232       235       20       (3 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Total non-interest expense
  $ 20,475     $ 19,671     $ 18,290     $ 804     $ 1,381  
 
                             
2008 compared to 2007. During 2008, total non-interest expense increased $804 thousand, or 4%, to $20.5 million, up from $19.7 million for the comparable period in 2007. The increase in non-interest expense was primarily the result of increases in occupancy and equipment costs, loan expenses, FDIC insurance costs and the provision for OREO losses. These items were partially offset by declines in salaries and employee benefits, reductions in professional fees, business development and advertising costs, and a reduction in core deposit intangible amortization.
The largest single factor resulting in the increase in non-interest expense was a $618 thousand provision for losses on OREO. We have experienced a decline in the fair value of our foreclosed real estate holdings and to reflect this decline we established a valuation allowance for these properties through the recording of a $618 thousand provision for losses on OREO properties.

 

37


Table of Contents

The increase in occupancy and equipment costs primarily relates to costs associated with our Redding, California branch. We initially opened this branch in a small temporary facility and in July 2008 we relocated to our much larger permanent leased facility which is located in Redding’s commercial district, across the street from City Hall. Consistent with the increase in nonperforming loans and assets during the period (See “Analysis of Asset Quality and Allowance for Loan Losses”) loan expenses which include legal costs associated with loan collection efforts as well as costs related to acquiring and maintaining real estate acquired through foreclosure increased by $188 thousand from $192 thousand during 2007 to $380 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2008. FDIC insurance expense increased by $210 thousand. During 2007 the Company was able to use its remaining credit balance with the FDIC to offset insurance premium billings; however by the end of the first quarter of 2008 the credit balance had been fully utilized.
Salaries and employee benefit expenses decreased $316 thousand, or 3%, from the year ended December 31, 2007. The largest components of this decrease were a $330 thousand decline in salary continuation plan expense and a $224 thousand decline in bonus expense. These items were partially offset by an increase in salary expense of $315 thousand.
The Company provides retirement benefits to its executive officers in the form of salary continuation plans and split dollar life insurance agreements. The purpose of these agreements is to provide a special incentive to the experienced executive officer to continue employment with the Company on a long-term basis. These costs were abnormally high during 2007 as they included a one-time expense of $194 thousand reflecting the announced early retirement of our Chief Information/Technology officer.
The decline in bonus expense is consistent with a decline in net income during the period as a significant portion of our bonus plans are tied to or directly influenced by the level of net income including return on average equity, return on average assets and earnings per share. The decline in net income during the period resulted in an absence of bonuses earned from this portion of our bonus plans. Bonus expense recorded for 2008 was related to factors not directly related to net income such as loan production and deposit growth.
Salaries costs increased by $315 thousand which included annual merit increases as well as expansion of our government guaranteed lending activities and an increase in staffing levels at our Redding, California branch.
We have focused our attention on cost control initiatives and have been successful in several areas. We reduced professional fees by $50 thousand and reduced business development and advertising costs by $135 thousand. During the 2007 period professional fees included consulting costs associated with an outside evaluation of our core banking software requirements, other technology planning costs and costs associated with a strategic planning initiative. Similar costs were not incurred during the 2008 period. The decrease in business development and advertising costs resulted from reductions in our marketing budget, promotional materials, and a decrease in seminar and conference costs.
Core deposit intangible amortization declined by $85 thousand as a portion of this asset is now fully amortized. The remaining asset is scheduled to amortize at the rate of $173 thousand per year until October, 2013.
2007 compared to 2006. During 2007, total non-interest expense increased $1,381 thousand, or 8%, to $19.7 million, up from $18.3 million for the comparable period in 2006. The increase in non-interest expense was primarily the result of increases in salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment costs and outside service fees.
Salaries and employee benefits increased $1,157 thousand, or 12%, over the year ended December 31, 2006. Salaries costs increased by $685 thousand which included annual merit increases as well as additional officer level employees primarily related to the Company’s Reno, Nevada commercial real estate loan office and its recently opened Redding, California branch. The increase in salaries was mostly offset by a decrease in bonus expense.

 

38


Table of Contents

During the fourth quarter of 2006 we opened our newly constructed branch in Truckee, California. This replaced a much smaller leased facility. Also in the fourth quarter of 2006 we opened a commercial real estate loan office in Reno, Nevada. During the second quarter of 2007 we opened a new Bank branch in Redding, California in a temporary location. The increase in salary expense included an increase of $468 thousand related to the recently opened Reno loan office and Redding branch. In addition salary expense increased by $73 thousand at our Truckee branch.
Another significant component of the increase in salaries and employee benefits was a $575 thousand reduction in the deferral of loan origination costs. The largest component of this decrease was related to a reduction in the origination volume of consumer loans including auto loans. From 2004 through most of 2006 the Company had been aggressive in seeking out dealer auto loans. Beginning in late 2006 and continuing into 2007 we began to deemphasize our auto lending activities. In April 2007 the head of the Company’s auto lending department resigned and shortly thereafter the Company discontinued new dealer-lending activity.
The Company provides retirement benefits to its executive officers in the form of salary continuation plans and split dollar life insurance agreements. Costs included in salary and benefit expense related to these plans increased by $263 thousand during 2007 which primarily relates to costs required to reflect the announced early retirement of our Chief Information/Technology officer.
Stock-based compensation expense, included in salary and employee benefits, increased by $107 thousand from $126 thousand during 2006 to $233 thousand during 2007. This increase was related to option grants during 2007.
The Company determines the fair value of the stock options on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model that uses assumptions based on expected option life, expected stock volatility and the risk-free interest rate.
These increases in salary and employee benefit expense were partially offset by a decrease in bonus expense of $496 thousand primarily due to the decrease in net income during 2007. A large portion of the Company’s bonus plan is based on the level of net income and items directly influenced by the level of net income including return on average equity, return on average assets and earnings per share.
Occupancy and equipment costs increased by $229 thousand, or 7% from $3,323 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $3,552 thousand for 2007. This increase includes an increase in operating expenses of $118 thousand related to the new Truckee branch, a $44 thousand increase in costs at our new Reno lending office and $56 thousand related to the new Redding branch.
Outside services increased by $80 thousand primarily related to increases in ATM processing costs of $53 thousand which were offset by an increase in ATM income.
Provision for income taxes. The Company recorded an income tax benefit of $212 thousand as tax exempt income such as earnings on Bank owned life insurance and municipal loan and investment income exceeded pretax income. For 2007 the provision for income taxes was $2.5 million, or 37.2% of pre-tax income for 2007. This compares to $3.2 million or 38.1% of pre-tax income during 2006. The decrease in provision as a percentage of pre-tax income for 2007 as compared to 2006 relates to an increase in tax exempt income as a percentage of pretax income during 2007 as compared to 2006. This includes increases in earnings on Bank owned life insurance policies, a $63 thousand death benefit on Bank owned life insurance during the fourth quarter of 2007 and increases in municipal loan interest.

 

39


Table of Contents

Financial Condition
Loan Portfolio. The Company continues to manage the mix of its loan portfolio consistent with its identity as a community bank serving the financing needs of all sectors of the area it serves. Although the Company offers a broad array of financing options, it continues to concentrate its focus on small to medium sized commercial businesses. These commercial loans offer diversification as to industries and types of businesses, thus limiting material exposure in any industry concentrations. The Company offers both fixed and floating rate loans and obtains collateral in the form of real property, business assets and deposit accounts, but looks to business and personal cash flows as its primary source of repayment.
The Company’s largest lending categories are real estate mortgage loans, consumer and real estate construction loans. These categories accounted for approximately 41.5%, 16.9% and 20.2%, respectively of the Company’s total loan portfolio at December 31, 2008, and approximately 36.4%, 20.6% and 21.7%, respectively of the Company’s total loan portfolio at December 31, 2007. In addition, the Company’s real estate related loans, including real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans, consumer equity lines of credit, and agricultural loans secured by real estate comprised 75% and 70% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2008 and 2007. Moreover, the business activities of the Company currently are focused in the California counties of Plumas, Nevada, Placer, Lassen, Modoc, Shasta, and Sierra and beginning in the fourth quarter of 2006 in Washoe County in Northern Nevada. Consequently, the results of operations and financial condition of the Company are dependent upon the general trends in these economies and, in particular, the residential and commercial real estate markets. In addition, the concentration of the Company’s operations in these areas of Northeastern California and Northwestern Nevada exposes it to greater risk than other banking companies with a wider geographic base in the event of catastrophes, such as earthquakes, fires and floods in these regions.
The rates of interest charged on variable rate loans are set at specific increments in relation to the Company’s lending rate or other indexes such as the published prime interest rate or U.S. Treasury rates and vary with changes in these indexes. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately 67% and 63%, respectively, of the Company’s loan portfolio was compromised of variable rate loans. While real estate mortgage, commercial and consumer lending remain the foundation of the Company’s historical loan mix, some changes in the mix have occurred due to the changing economic environment and the resulting change in demand for certain loan types. In addition, the Company remains committed to the agricultural industry in Northeastern California and will continue to pursue high quality agricultural loans. Agricultural loans include both commercial and commercial real estate loans. The Company’s agricultural loan balances totaled $36 million at both December 31, 2008 and 2007.
The following table sets forth the amounts of loans outstanding by category as of the dates indicated.
                                         
    At December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Real estate — mortgage
  $ 151,943     $ 128,357     $ 116,329     $ 110,686     $ 102,125  
Real estate — construction
    73,820       76,478       75,930       56,370       31,964  
Commercial
    42,528       39,584       36,182       42,252       42,689  
Consumer
    61,706       72,768       90,694       81,320       59,068  
Agriculture
    36,020       35,762       35,577       31,018       31,067  
 
                             
Total loans
    366,017       352,949       354,712       321,646       266,913  
Less:
                                       
Deferred (costs) fees
    (279 )     (564 )     (1,182 )     (766 )     260  
Allowance for loan losses
    7,224       4,211       3,917       3,256       2,722  
 
                             
Net loans
  $ 359,072     $ 349,302     $ 351,977     $ 319,156     $ 263,931  
 
                             

 

40


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the maturity of gross loan categories as of December 31, 2008. Also provided with respect to such loans are the amounts due after one year, classified according to sensitivity to changes in interest rates:
                                 
    Within     After One     After        
    One Year     Through Five Years     Five Years     Total  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Real estate — mortgage
  $ 22,552     $ 31,695     $ 97,696     $ 151,943  
Real estate — construction
    43,487       17,119       13,214       73,820  
Commercial
    11,179       16,854       14,495       42,528  
Consumer
    11,627       24,519       25,560       61,706  
Agriculture
    16,556       13,030       6,434       36,020  
 
                       
Total
  $ 105,401     $ 103,217     $ 157,399     $ 366,017  
 
                       
Loans maturing after one year with:
                               
Fixed interest rates
          $ 42,091     $ 60,973     $ 103,064  
Variable interest rates
            61,126       96,426       157,552  
 
                         
Total
          $ 103,217     $ 157,399     $ 260,616  
 
                         
Analysis of Asset Quality and Allowance for Loan Losses. The Company attempts to minimize credit risk through its underwriting and credit review policies. The Company’s credit review process includes internally prepared credit reviews as well as contracting with an outside firm to conduct periodic credit reviews. The Company’s management and lending officers evaluate the loss exposure of classified and impaired loans on a quarterly basis, or more frequently as loan conditions change. The Board of Directors, through the loan committee, reviews the asset quality of new and criticized loans on a monthly basis and reports the findings to the full Board of Directors. In management’s opinion, this loan review system facilitates the early identification of potential criticized loans.
Net charge-offs during the year ended December 31, 2008 totaled $1,587 thousand, or 0.45% of average loans, compared to $506 thousand, or 0.14% of average loans for 2007 and $339 thousand, or 0.10% of average loans for 2006. The allowance for loan losses stood at 1.97% of total loans as of December 31, 2008, versus 1.19% of total loans as of December 31, 2007.
The allowance for loan losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of the provision for loan losses. Loan losses are charged to and recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level deemed appropriate by management to provide for known and inherent risks in loans. The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based upon management’s continuing assessment of various factors affecting the collectibility of loans; including current economic conditions, maturity of the portfolio, size of the portfolio, industry concentrations, borrower credit history, collateral, the existing allowance for loan losses, independent credit reviews, current charges and recoveries to the allowance for loan losses and the overall quality of the portfolio as determined by management, regulatory agencies, and independent credit review consultants retained by the Company. There is no precise method of predicting specific losses or amounts which may ultimately be charged off on particular segments of the loan portfolio. The collectibility of a loan is subjective to some degree, but must relate to the borrower’s financial condition, cash flow, quality of the borrower’s management expertise, collateral and guarantees, and state of the local economy.
The federal financial regulatory agencies in December 2006 issued a new interagency policy statement on the allowance for loan and lease losses along with supplemental frequently asked questions. When determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the Company follows these guidelines. The policy statement revises and replaces a 1993 policy statement on the allowance for loan and lease losses. The agencies issued the revised policy statement in view of today’s uncertain economic environment and the presence of concentrations in untested loan products in the loan portfolios of insured depository institutions. The policy statement has also been revised to conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and post-1993 supervisory guidance. The policy statement reiterates that each institution has a responsibility for developing, maintaining and documenting a comprehensive, systematic, and consistently applied process appropriate to its size and the nature, scope, and risk of its lending activities for determining the amounts of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the provision for loan and lease losses and states that each institution should ensure controls are in place to consistently determine the allowance for loan and lease losses in accordance with GAAP, the institution’s stated policies and procedures, management’s best judgment and relevant supervisory guidance.

 

41


Table of Contents

The policy statement also restates that insured depository institutions must maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that is appropriate to cover estimated credit losses on individually evaluated loans determined to be impaired as well as estimated credit losses inherent in the remainder of the loan and lease portfolio, and that estimates of credit losses should reflect consideration of all significant factors that affect the collectibility of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. The policy statement states that prudent, conservative, but not excessive, loan loss allowances that represent management’s best estimate from within an acceptable range of estimated losses are appropriate. In addition, the Company incorporates the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 102, which represents the SEC staff’s view related to methodologies and supporting documentation for the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses that should be observed by all public companies in complying with the federal securities laws and the Commission’s interpretations.
The Company’s methodology for assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses consists of several key elements, which include but are not limited to:
   
specific allocation for problem graded loans (“classified loans”),
   
general or formula allocation,
   
and discretionary allocation based on loan portfolio segmentation.
The Company’s methodology incorporates the following accounting pronouncements in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses:
   
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 5 — “Accounting for Contingencies”,
   
SFAS No. 114 — “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan” and
   
SFAS 118 — “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan — Income Recognition and Disclosures.”
Specific allocations are established based on management’s periodic evaluation of loss exposure inherent in classified, impaired, and other loans in which management believes that the collection of principal and interest under the original terms of the loan agreement are in question. For purposes of this analysis, classified loans are grouped by internal risk classifications which are “special mention”, “substandard”, “doubtful”, and “loss”. Special mention loans are currently performing but are potentially weak, as the borrower has begun to exhibit deteriorating trends, which if not corrected, could jeopardize repayment of the loan and result in further downgrade. Substandard loans have well-defined weaknesses which, if not corrected, could jeopardize the full satisfaction of the debt. A loan classified as “doubtful” has critical weaknesses that make full collection of the obligation improbable. Classified loans, as defined by the Company, include loans categorized as substandard and doubtful. Loans classified as loss are immediately charged off.
Formula allocations are calculated by applying loss factors to outstanding loans with similar characteristics. Loss factors are based on the Company’s historical loss experience as adjusted for changes in the business cycle and on the internal risk grade of those loans and may be adjusted for significant factors that, in management’s judgment, affect the collectibility of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. The formula allocation analysis incorporates loan losses over the past seven years adjusted for changes in the business cycle. Loss factors are adjusted to recognize and quantify the estimated loss exposure resulting from changes in market conditions and trends in the Company’s loan portfolio.
The discretionary allocation is based upon management’s evaluation of various loan segment conditions that are not directly measured in the determination of the formula and specific allowances. The conditions may include, but are not limited to, general economic and business conditions affecting the key lending areas of the Company, credit quality trends, collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, and other business conditions.

 

42


Table of Contents

The following table provides certain information for the years indicated with respect to the Company’s allowance for loan losses as well as charge-off and recovery activity.
                                         
    At December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 4,211     $ 3,917     $ 3,256     $ 2,722     $ 2,524  
 
                             
Charge-offs:
                                       
Commercial and agricultural
    477       83       126       297       103  
Real estate mortgage
    95                          
Real estate construction
    522       46                    
Consumer
    689       657       519       442       600  
 
                             
Total charge-offs
    1,783       786       645       739       703  
 
                             
Recoveries:
                                       
Commercial and agricultural
    11       53       46       21       15  
Real estate mortgage
    14                          
Real estate construction
                             
Consumer
    171       227       260       152       136  
 
                             
Total recoveries
    196       280       306       173       151  
 
                             
Net charge-offs
    1,587       506       339       566       552  
Provision for loan losses
    4,600       800       1,000       1,100       750  
 
                             
Balance at end of period
  $ 7,224     $ 4,211     $ 3,917     $ 3,256     $ 2,722  
 
                             
Net charge-offs during the period to average loans
    0.45 %     0.14 %     0.10 %     0.19 %     0.24 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
    1.97 %     1.19 %     1.10 %     1.01 %     1.02 %
The Company places loans 90 days or more past due on nonaccrual status unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. A loan is considered to be in the process of collection if, based on a probable specific event, it is expected that the loan will be repaid or brought current. Generally, this collection period would not exceed 90 days. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status the Company’s general policy is to reverse and charge against current income previously accrued but unpaid interest. Interest income on such loans is subsequently recognized only to the extent that cash is received and future collection of principal is deemed by management to be probable. Where the collectibility of the principal or interest on a loan is considered to be doubtful by management, it is placed on nonaccrual status prior to becoming 90 days delinquent.
Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The amount of impaired loans is not directly comparable to the amount of nonperforming loans disclosed later in this section. The primary difference between impaired loans and nonperforming loans is that impaired loan recognition considers not only loans 90 days or more past due, restructured loans and nonaccrual loans but also may include identified problem loans other than delinquent loans where it is considered probable that we will not collect all amounts due to us (including both principal and interest) in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement.

 

43


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amount of the Company’s nonperforming assets as of the dates indicated. None of the Company’s loans were troubled debt restructurings.
                                         
    At December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (dollars in thousands)  
 
                                       
Nonaccrual loans
  $ 26,444     $ 2,618     $ 972     $ 1,661     $ 1,171  
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing
    297       14       41             36  
 
                             
Total nonperforming loans
    26,741       2,632       1,013       1,661       1,207  
Other real estate owned
    4,148       402                    
Other vehicles owned
    129       135       47       40       33  
 
                             
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 31,018     $ 3,169     $ 1,060     $ 1,701     $ 1,240  
 
                             
Interest income forgone on nonaccrual loans
  $ 576     $ 161     $ 53     $ 39     $ 25  
Interest income recorded on a cash basis on nonaccrual loans
  $ 74     $ 118     $ 116     $ 16     $ 63  
Nonperforming loans to total Loans
    7.31 %     0.75 %     0.29 %     0.52 %     0.45 %
Nonperforming assets to total Assets
    6.78 %     0.70 %     0.22 %     0.36 %     0.30 %
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming Loans
    27 %     160 %     387 %     196 %     226 %
Nonperforming loans at December 31, 2008 were $26.7 million, an increase of $24.1 million from the $2.6 million balance at December 31, 2007. Nonperforming loans at December 31, 2008 consistent of fifty-seven loans, four of which have individual principal balances in excess of $2 million. These four loans, all of which are impaired and are secured primarily by commercial real estate, have a total principal balance at December 31, 2008 of $18.3 million, specific reserves of $2.4 million and a fair value of $15.9 million.
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s recorded investment in loans for which impairment has been recognized totaled $26.4 million and $2.6 million, respectively. The specific allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans was $3.1 million and $143 thousand at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The average recorded investment in impaired loans was $5.2 million, $1.7 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In most cases, the Company uses the cash basis method of income recognition for impaired loans. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recognized $74 thousand, $118 thousand and $116 thousand, respectively, of income on such loans. Interest foregone on impaired loans totaled $576,000, $161,000 and $53,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
It is the policy of management to make additions to the allowance for loan losses so that it remains adequate to absorb the inherent risk of loss in the portfolio. Management believes that the allowance at December 31, 2008 is adequate. However, the determination of the amount of the allowance is judgmental and subject to economic conditions which cannot be predicted with certainty. Accordingly, the Company cannot predict whether charge-offs of loans in excess of the allowance may occur in future periods.
Investment Portfolio and Federal Funds Sold. Total investment securities decreased $16.9 million, or 31%, to $38.4 million as of December 31, 2008, down from $55.3 million at December 31, 2007. There were no Federal funds sold at December 31, 2008 or 2007. During 2008 the Company utilized the proceeds from the maturities and calls of investment securities to provide a funding source for lending as deposits also declined.
The composition of the portfolio as of the end of 2008 was fairly consistent with the composition of the portfolio as of the end of 2007. The investment portfolio balances in U.S. Treasuries, U.S. Government agencies, corporate debt securities and municipal obligations comprised 4%, 59%, 4% and 33%, respectively, at December 31, 2008 versus 6%, 62%, 7% and 25%, respectively, at December 31, 2007.

 

44


Table of Contents

The increase in municipal obligations as a percentage of the investment portfolio is primarily due to the decrease in shorter maturity investment securities such as corporate debt securities and U.S. agency securities. As these securities matured the proceeds where used primarily to fund loan growth. During 2008 the Company purchased $3.0 million of U.S. Government agency securities. This was offset by declines in investment securities related to maturities and principal repayments on all securities of $20.2 million. Additionally, the Company recorded an impairment charge totaling $415 thousand on a security issued by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.
The Company’s investments in mortgage-backed securities of U.S. Government agencies provide interest income as well as cash flows for liquidity and reinvestment opportunities as these securities pay down. At December 31, 2008, total balances in these mortgage-backed securities were $12.4 million down from $14.7 million at December 31, 2007. Although these pass-through securities typically have final maturities of between ten and fifteen years, the pass-through nature of principal payments from the prepayment or refinance of loans underlying these securities is expected to significantly reduce their average life.
Obligations of states and political subdivisions (municipal securities) provide attractive tax equivalent yields for the Company. Since the majority of the interest earnings on these securities are not taxable for Federal purposes the investment in municipal securities results in a reduction in the effective tax rate of the Company.
The Company classifies its investment securities as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. The Company’s intent is to hold all securities classified as held-to-maturity until maturity and management believes that it has the ability to do so. Securities classified as available-for-sale may be sold to implement the Company’s asset/liability management strategies and in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment rates and similar factors.
The following tables summarize the values of the Company’s investment securities held on the dates indicated:
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Available-for-sale (fair value)      
U.S. Treasuries
  $ 1,508     $ 3,481     $ 5,344  
U.S. Government agencies
    10,392       19,662       30,063  
Corporate debt securities
    1,550       3,923       7,868  
U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed Securities
    12,357       14,738       17,440  
 
                 
Total
  $ 25,807     $ 41,804     $ 60,715  
 
                 
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Held-to-maturity (amortized cost)      
Municipal obligations
  $ 12,567     $ 13,488     $ 14,080  
 
                 

 

45


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the maturities of the Company’s securities at their carrying value and their weighted average tax equivalent yields at December 31, 2008.
                                                                                 
                    After One Through     After Five Through              
    One Year or Less     Five Years     Ten Years     After Ten Years     Total  
(dollars in thousands)   Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield  
Available-for-sale (Fair Value)                                        
U.S. Treasuries
  $ 1,508       3.13 %   $       %   $       %   $       %   $ 1,508       3.13 %
U.S. Government agencies
          %     10,392       4.69 %           %           %     10,392       4.69 %
Corporate debt securities
    1,550       3.68 %           %           %           %     1,550       3.68 %
U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities
          %     6,053       3.73 %     6,304       4.66 %           %     12,357       4.46 %
 
                                                           
Total
  $ 3,058       3.41 %   $ 16,445       4.33 %   $ 6,304       4.66 %   $       %   $ 25,807       4.29 %
 
                                                           
Held-to-maturity (Amortized Cost)  
                                                                               
 
                                                           
Municipal obligations
  $       %   $ 1,977       5.17 %   $ 10,300       5.78 %   $ 290       6.25 %   $ 12,567       5.70 %
 
                                                           

 

46


Table of Contents

Deposits. Total deposits were $371.5 million as of December 31, 2008, a decrease of $20.4 million, or 5%, from the December 31, 2007 balance of $391.9 million. The decrease in deposits resulted from the maturity of higher rate promotional time deposits. We discontinued this product early in 2008 allowing these higher rate deposits to mature and increased our level of short-term borrowings which offered favorable interest rates in comparison to rates we would have had to pay to attract additional time deposits. As a result, time deposits declined by $30.1 million from $128.4 million at December 31, 2007 to $98.3 million at December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2008, primarily due to the change in mix of deposits, non-interest bearing demand deposits and interest checking deposits increased to 49.9% of total deposits versus 47.5% at December 31, 2007. Money market and savings deposits increased to 23.6% of total deposits as of December 31, 2008 compared to 19.8% as of December 31, 2007. Time deposits decreased to 26.5% of total deposits as of December 31, 2008 compared to 32.7% at December 31, 2007.
From December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008 money market accounts increased by $7.1 million. This increase includes $9.0 million related to an on balance sheet corporate sweep product which we introduced during the first quarter of 2008.
Deposits represent the Bank’s primary source of funds. Deposits are primarily core deposits in that they are demand, savings and time deposits generated from local businesses and individuals. These sources are considered to be relatively stable, long-term relationships thereby enhancing steady growth of the deposit base without major fluctuations in overall deposit balances. The Company experiences, to a small degree, some seasonality with the slower growth period between November through April, and the higher growth period from May through October. In order to assist in meeting any funding demands, the Company maintains unsecured borrowing arrangements with several correspondent banks in addition to a secured borrowing arrangement with the Federal Home Loan Bank for longer more permanent funding needs. The Company did not hold brokered deposits during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 or 2006.
The following chart sets forth the distribution of the Company’s average daily deposits for the periods indicated.
                                                 
    2008     2007     2006  
    Average             Average             Average        
    Balance     Rate %     Balance     Rate %     Balance     Rate %  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Non-interest-bearing deposits
  $ 111,999             $ 114,831             $ 125,202          
 
                                         
Interest-bearing deposits:
                                               
Interest bearing demand deposits
    73,338       0.75 %     77,254       1.73 %     80,685       1.85 %
Money market accounts
    37,626       0.83 %     39,431       0.83 %     56,496       1.17 %
Savings
    48,573       0.33 %     50,448       0.49 %     59,802       0.71 %
Time deposits
    110,743       3.16 %     121,808       4.35 %     93,515       3.54 %
 
                                         
Total interest bearing deposits
    270,280       1.67 %     288,941       2.50 %     290,498       2.03 %
 
                                         
Total deposits
  $ 382,279       1.18 %   $ 403,772       1.79 %   $ 415,700       1.42 %
 
                                         
The Company’s time deposits of $100,000 or more had the following schedule of maturities at December 31, 2008:
         
(dollars in thousands)   Amount  
Remaining Maturity:
       
Three months or less
  $ 17,085  
Over three months to six months
    8,095  
Over six months to 12 months
    6,761  
Over 12 months
    4,238  
 
     
Total
  $ 36,179  
 
     
Time deposits of $100,000 or more are generally from the Company’s local business and individual customer base. The potential impact on the Company’s liquidity from the withdrawal of these deposits is discussed at the Company’s asset and liability management committee meetings, and is considered to be minimal.

 

47


Table of Contents

Short-term borrowing arrangements. The Company has unsecured short-term borrowing arrangements with two of its correspondent banks in the amounts of $10,000,000 and $5,000,000. The Company can also borrow up to $88,827,000 from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) secured by commercial and residential mortgage loans with carrying values totaling $202,341,000. These FHLB advances are normally made for one day periods but can be for longer periods. Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of $34,000,000 and $7,500,000, respectively, in one day FHLB advances. The weighted average rate on these borrowings at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were 0.05% and 3.30%, respectively.
The average balance in short-term borrowings during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $11.9 million and $8.7 million, respectively. The average rate paid on these borrowings was 1.70% during 2008 and 5.35% during 2007. The maximum amount of short-term borrowings outstanding at any month-end during 2008 and 2007 was $34 million and $22.9 million, respectively.
The Bank is eligible to issue certain debt that is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, up to a limit of $8.3 million, under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Any senior unsecured debt with a stated maturity of more than thirty days issued by the Bank up to its debt guarantee limit falls under this program. The Bank will be charged an annualized assessment from the FDIC, ranging from 50 to 100 basis points, based on the term and amount of the debt outstanding under the program. At December 31, 2008, the Bank had no borrowings under this debt guarantee program.
Capital Resources
Shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2008 decreased $1.7 million, or 5%, to $35.4 million down from $37.1 million as of December 31, 2007. This decrease was the result of the repurchase of $1.2 million of Plumas Bancorp stock under the Company’s stock buyback plan, cash dividends of $1.2 million and a $420 thousand cumulative-effect adjustment related to the Company’s split dollar life insurance policies upon adoption of EITF 06-04. These reductions in shareholders’ equity were partially offset by earnings during 2008 of $304 thousand, $292 thousand in stock-based compensation expense, the net funds received from key employees and directors exercising their stock options totaling $68 thousand and an increase in unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment securities of $424 thousand.
On January 30, 2009 the Company entered into a Letter Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”), pursuant to which the Company issued and sold (i) 11,949 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and (ii) a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 237,712 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value (the “Common Stock”), for an aggregate purchase price of $11,949,000 in cash.
The Series A Preferred Stock will qualify as Tier 1 capital and will pay cumulative dividends quarterly at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years, and 9% per annum thereafter. The Company may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock at its liquidation preference ($1,000 per share) plus accrued and unpaid dividends under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, subject to the Treasury’s consultation with the Company’s appropriate federal regulator.
The Warrant has a 10-year term and is immediately exercisable upon its issuance, with an exercise price, subject to antidilution adjustments, equal to $7.54 per share of the Common Stock. Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Warrant.

 

48


Table of Contents

Prior to January 30, 2012, unless the Company has redeemed the Preferred Shares, or the Treasury has transferred the Preferred Shares to a third party, the consent of the Treasury will be required for the Company to: (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of the Common Stock (other than regular quarterly cash dividends of not more than $0.04 per share or regular semi-annual cash dividends of not more than $0.08 per share); or (2) redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of Common Stock or other equity or capital securities, other than in connection with benefit plans consistent with past practice and certain other circumstances specified in the Purchase Agreement.
On December 20, 2007 the Company announced that for 2008 the Board authorized a common stock repurchase plan for up to 244,000 shares, or 5% of the Company’s shares outstanding on December 20, 2007. During the year ended December 31, 2008 the Company repurchased 106,267 shares at an average cost, including commission, of $11.45 per share. This plan terminated on December 31, 2008. Related to its Purchase Agreement with the Treasury described above the Company is temporarily restricted from making additional share repurchases without approval from the Treasury.
On May 16, 2008, the Company paid a semi-annual common stock cash dividend of $0.16 per share. Given the current economic uncertainty and to more closely align the dividend payout ratio with recent historical earnings levels the Company lowered its semi-annual dividend rate to $0.08 per share. On October 24, 2008 the Company declared a semi-annual common stock cash dividend of $0.08 per share which was paid on November 21, 2008, resulting in a total cash dividend of $0.24 per share for 2008. During 2007 cash dividends of $0.30 per share were paid.
Capital Standards. The small decrease in the Company’s capital ratios during 2008 is attributed to the decrease in shareholders’ equity described above. During 2009 the Company’s capital ratios will benefit from the $11.9 million in Series A Preferred Stock sold to the Treasury. This Series A Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital.
The Company uses a variety of measures to evaluate its capital adequacy, with risk-based capital ratios calculated separately for the Company and the Bank. Management reviews these capital measurements on a monthly basis and takes appropriate action to ensure that they are within established internal and external guidelines. The Company’s current capital position exceeds minimum thresholds established by industry regulators, and by current regulatory definitions the Bank is well capitalized, the highest rating of the categories defined under Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA) of 1991. The FDIC has promulgated risk-based capital guidelines for all state non-member banks such as the Bank. These guidelines establish a risk-adjusted ratio relating capital to different categories of assets and off-balance sheet exposures. There are two categories of capital under the guidelines: Tier 1 capital includes common stockholders’ equity, and qualifying trust-preferred securities (including notes payable to unconsolidated special purpose entities that issue trust-preferred securities), less goodwill and certain other deductions, notably the unrealized net gains or losses (after tax adjustments) on available for sale investment securities carried at fair market value; Tier 2 capital can include qualifying subordinated debt and the allowance for loan and lease losses, subject to certain limitations. The Series A Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital for the Company.
As noted previously, the Company’s junior subordinated debentures represent borrowings from its unconsolidated subsidiaries that have issued an aggregate $10 million in trust-preferred securities. These trust-preferred securities currently qualify for inclusion as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes as they do not exceed 25% of total Tier 1 capital, but are classified as long-term debt in accordance with GAAP. On March 1, 2005, the Federal Reserve Board adopted a final rule that allows the continued inclusion of trust-preferred securities (and/or related subordinated debentures) in the Tier I capital of bank holding companies. However, under the final rule, after a five-year transition period goodwill must be deducted from Tier I capital prior to calculating the 25% limitation. Generally, the amount of junior subordinated debentures in excess of the 25% Tier 1 limitation is included in Tier 2 capital.

 

49


Table of Contents

The following tables present the capital ratios for the Company and the Bank compared to the standards for bank holding companies and the regulatory minimum requirements for depository institutions as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 (amounts in thousands except percentage amounts).
                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
                               
Plumas Bancorp and Subsidiary
  $ 43,885       9.8 %   $ 46,209       10.0 %
Minimum regulatory requirement
    17,907       4.0 %     18,439       4.0 %
Plumas Bank
    43,372       9.7 %     45,415       9.9 %
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution under the prompt corrective action plan
    22,365       5.0 %     23,024       5.0 %
Minimum regulatory requirement
    17,892       4.0 %     18,419       4.0 %
 
                               
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
                               
Plumas Bancorp and Subsidiary
    43,885       11.0 %     46,209       11.6 %
Minimum regulatory requirement
    16,021       4.0 %     15,881       4.0 %
Plumas Bank
    43,372       10.8 %     45,415       11.5 %
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution under the prompt corrective action plan
    23,996       6.0 %     23,790       6.0 %
Minimum regulatory requirement
    15,997       4.0 %     15,860       4.0 %
 
                               
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio
                               
Plumas Bancorp and Subsidiary
    48,919       12.2 %     50,475       12.7 %
Minimum regulatory requirement
    32,042       8.0 %     31,763       8.0 %
Plumas Bank
    48,399       12.1 %     49,681       12.5 %
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution under the prompt corrective action plan
    39,994       10.0 %     39,651       10.0 %
Minimum regulatory requirement
    31,995       8.0 %     31,720       8.0 %
The current and projected capital positions of the Company and the Bank and the impact of capital plans and long-term strategies are reviewed regularly by management. The Company policy is to maintain the Bank’s ratios above the prescribed well-capitalized leverage, Tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based capital ratios of 5%, 6% and 10%, respectively, at all times.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Loan Commitments. In the normal course of business, there are various commitments outstanding to extend credits that are not reflected in the financial statements. Commitments to extend credit and letters of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Annual review of commercial credit lines, letters of credit and ongoing monitoring of outstanding balances reduces the risk of loss associated with these commitments. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $78.8 million in unfunded loan commitments and $534 thousand in letters of credit. This compares to $96.9 million in unfunded commitments and $655 thousand in letters of credit at December 31, 2007. Of the $78.8 million in unfunded loan commitments, $43.9 million and $34.9 million represented commitments to commercial and consumer customers, respectively. Of the total unfunded commitments at December 31, 2008, $40.4 million were secured by real estate, of which $16.2 million was secured by commercial real estate and $24.2 million was secured by residential real estate in the form of equity lines of credit. The commercial loan commitments not secured by real estate primarily represent business lines of credit, while the consumer loan commitments not secured by real estate primarily represent revolving credit card lines. Since, some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
Operating Leases. The Company leases three depository branches as well as two lending offices and two non branch automated teller machine locations.
Total rental expenses under all operating leases, including premises, totaled $347 thousand, $209 thousand and $221 thousand, in 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively. The expiration dates of the leases vary, with the first such lease expiring during 2009 and the last such lease expiring during 2018.

 

50


Table of Contents

Liquidity
The Company manages its liquidity to provide the ability to generate funds to support asset growth, meet deposit withdrawals (both anticipated and unanticipated), fund customers’ borrowing needs, satisfy maturity of short-term borrowings and maintain reserve requirements. The Company’s liquidity needs are managed using assets or liabilities, or both. On the asset side, in addition to Federal Funds sold, the Company maintains an investment portfolio containing U.S. Government and agency securities that are classified as available-for-sale. On the liability side, liquidity needs are managed by changing competitive offering rates on deposit products and the use of established lines of credit from other financial institutions and the Federal Home Loan Bank.
The Company has unsecured short-term borrowing agreements with two of its correspondent banks in the amounts of $10 million and $5 million. In addition, the Company can borrow up to $88.8 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank secured by commercial and residential mortgage loans. Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of $34,000,000 and $7,500,000, respectively, in Federal Home Loan Bank advances which are normally purchased for one day periods.
Customer deposits are the Company’s primary source of funds. Total deposits were $371.5 million as of December 31, 2008, a decrease of $20.4 million, or 5%, from the December 31, 2007 balance of $391.9 million. Deposits are held in various forms with varying maturities. The Company does not have any brokered deposits. The Company’s securities portfolio, Federal funds sold, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, and cash and due from banks serve as the primary sources of liquidity, providing adequate funding for loans during periods of high loan demand. During periods of decreased lending, funds obtained from the maturing or sale of investments, loan payments, and new deposits are invested in short-term earning assets, such as Federal funds sold and investment securities, to serve as a source of funding for future loan growth. Management believes that the Company’s available sources of funds, including short-term borrowings, will provide adequate liquidity for its operations in the foreseeable future.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
As a smaller reporting company we are not required to provide the information required by this item.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The following consolidated financial statements of Plumas Bancorp and subsidiary, and report of the independent registered public accounting firm are included in the Annual Report of Plumas Bancorp to its shareholders for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
         
    Page  
    F-1  
 
       
    F-2  
 
       
    F-3  
 
       
    F-5  
 
       
    F-7  
 
       
    F-10  
 
       

 

51


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Shareholders and Board of Directors
Plumas Bancorp and Subsidiary
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Plumas Bancorp and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Plumas Bancorp and subsidiary as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ PERRY-SMITH LLP
Sacramento, California
March 10, 2009

 

F - 1


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
December 31, 2008 and 2007
                 
    2008     2007  
ASSETS
               
 
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 18,791,000     $ 13,207,000  
Federal funds sold
           
 
           
 
               
Cash and cash equivalents
    18,791,000       13,207,000  
 
               
Investment securities (Note 4)
    38,374,000       55,292,000  
Loans, less allowance for loan losses of $7,224,000 in 2008 and $4,211,000 in 2007 (Notes 5, 8, 10 and 14)
    359,072,000       349,302,000  
Premises and equipment, net (Note 6)
    15,764,000       14,666,000  
Intangible assets, net (Note 17)
    821,000       1,037,000  
Bank owned life insurance (Note 15)
    9,766,000       9,428,000  
Real estate and vehicles acquired through foreclosure
    4,277,000       537,000  
Accrued interest receivable and other assets (Note 13)
    10,310,000       9,646,000  
 
           
 
               
Total assets
  $ 457,175,000     $ 453,115,000  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
 
               
Deposits:
               
Non-interest bearing
  $ 112,783,000     $ 111,240,000  
Interest bearing (Note 7)
    258,710,000       280,700,000  
 
           
 
               
Total deposits
    371,493,000       391,940,000  
 
               
Short-term borrowings (Note 8)
    34,000,000       7,500,000  
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities (Note 15)
    5,935,000       6,226,000  
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (Note 9)
    10,310,000       10,310,000  
 
           
 
               
Total liabilities
    421,738,000       415,976,000  
 
           
 
               
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
               
 
               
Shareholders’ equity (Note 11):
               
Serial preferred stock — no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
           
Common stock — no par value; 22,500,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding — 4,775,339 shares in 2008 and 4,869,130 shares in 2007
    5,302,000       5,042,000  
Retained earnings
    29,818,000       32,204,000  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (Notes 4 and 16)
    317,000       (107,000 )
 
           
 
               
Total shareholders’ equity
    35,437,000       37,139,000  
 
           
 
               
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 457,175,000     $ 453,115,000  
 
           
The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 2


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Interest income:
                       
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 23,550,000     $ 27,709,000     $ 26,272,000  
Interest on investment securities:
                       
Taxable
    1,398,000       1,900,000       2,516,000  
Exempt from Federal income taxes
    489,000       504,000       531,000  
Interest on Federal funds sold
    3,000       171,000       164,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Total interest income
    25,440,000       30,284,000       29,483,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Interest expense:
                       
Interest on deposits
    4,522,000       7,211,000       5,887,000  
Interest on short-term borrowings (Note 8)
    219,000       490,000       257,000  
Interest on junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (Note 9)
    623,000       835,000       810,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Total interest expense
    5,364,000       8,536,000       6,954,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Net interest income before provision for loan losses
    20,076,000       21,748,000       22,529,000  
 
                       
Provision for loan losses (Note 5)
    4,600,000       800,000       1,000,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    15,476,000       20,948,000       21,529,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Non-interest income:
                       
Service charges
    3,951,000       3,806,000       3,676,000  
Gain on sale of loans
    111,000       47,000       42,000  
Impairment loss on investment security (Note 4)
    (415,000 )            
Earnings on Bank owned life insurance policies (Note 15)
    421,000       415,000       393,000  
Other
    1,023,000       1,180,000       1,048,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Total non-interest income
    5,091,000       5,448,000       5,159,000  
 
                 
(Continued)

 

F - 3


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
(Continued)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Non-interest expenses:
                       
Salaries and employee benefits (Notes 5 and 15)
  $ 10,884,000     $ 11,200,000     $ 10,043,000  
Occupancy and equipment (Notes 6 and 10)
    3,838,000       3,552,000       3,323,000  
Other (Note 12)
    5,753,000       4,919,000       4,924,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Total non-interest expenses
    20,475,000       19,671,000       18,290,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Income before income taxes
    92,000       6,725,000       8,398,000  
 
                       
Provision (benefit) for income taxes (Note 13)
    (212,000 )     2,502,000       3,196,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Net income
  $ 304,000     $ 4,223,000     $ 5,202,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Basic earnings per share (Note 11)
  $ 0.06     $ 0.85     $ 1.04  
 
                 
 
                       
Diluted earnings per share (Note 11)
  $ 0.06     $ 0.84     $ 1.02  
 
                 
 
                       
Cash dividends per share (Note 11)
  $ 0.24     $ 0.30     $ 0.26  
 
                 
The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 4


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
                                                 
                            Accumulated              
                            Other              
                            Comprehensive     Total     Total  
    Common Stock     Retained     (Loss) Income     Shareholders’     Comprehensive  
    Shares     Amount     Earnings     (Net of Taxes)     Equity     Income  
 
                                               
Balance, January 1, 2006
    4,976,654     $ 4,412,000     $ 27,816,000     $ (1,091,000 )   $ 31,137,000          
Comprehensive income (Note 16):
                                               
Net income
                    5,202,000               5,202,000     $ 5,202,000  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                                               
Net change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities
                            399,000       399,000       399,000  
 
                                             
Total comprehensive income
                                          $ 5,601,000  
 
                                             
 
                                               
Cash dividends — $0.26 per share
                    (1,302,000 )             (1,302,000 )        
Retirement of common stock in connection with the exercise of stock options (Note 11)
    (21,255 )     (417,000 )                     (417,000 )        
Stock options exercised and related tax benefit (Note 11)
    67,806       659,000                       659,000          
Stock-based compensation expense
            174,000                       174,000          
 
                                     
Balance, December 31, 2006
    5,023,205       4,828,000       31,716,000       (692,000 )     35,852,000          
Comprehensive income (Note 16):
                                               
Net income
                    4,223,000               4,223,000     $ 4,223,000  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                                               
Net change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities
                            585,000       585,000       585,000  
 
                                             
Total comprehensive income
                                          $ 4,808,000  
 
                                             
 
                                               
Cash dividends — $0.30 per share
                    (1,491,000 )             (1,491,000 )        
Retirement of common stock in connection with the exercise of stock options (Note 11)
    (4,630 )     (70,000 )                     (70,000 )        
Stock options exercised and related tax benefit (Note 11)
    19,292       152,000                       152,000          
Stock-based compensation expense
            288,000                       288,000          
Repurchase and retirement of common stock (Note 11)
    (168,737 )     (156,000 )     (2,244,000 )             (2,400,000 )        
 
                                     
 
                                               
Balance, December 31, 2007
    4,869,130       5,042,000       32,204,000       (107,000 )     37,139,000          
 
                                     
(Continued)

 

F - 5


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Continued)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
                                                 
                            Accumulated              
                            Other              
                            Comprehensive     Total     Total  
    Common Stock     Retained     (Loss) Income     Shareholders’     Comprehensive  
    Shares     Amount     Earnings     (Net of Taxes)     Equity     Income  
 
                                               
Balance, December 31, 2007
    4,869,130     $ 5,042,000     $ 32,204,000     $ (107,000 )   $ 37,139,000          
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, adoption of EITF 06-4 (Note 15)
                    (420,000 )             (420,000 )        
 
Comprehensive income (Note 16):
                                               
Net income
                    304,000               304,000     $ 304,000  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                                               
Net change in unrealized (losses)/gains on available-for-sale investment securities (Note 4)
                            424,000       424,000       424,000  
 
                                             
Total comprehensive income
                                          $ 728,000  
 
                                             
 
                                               
Cash dividends — $0.24 per share
                    (1,153,000 )             (1,153,000 )        
Stock options exercised and related tax benefit (Note 11)
    12,476       68,000                       68,000          
Stock-based compensation expense
            292,000                       292,000          
Repurchase and retirement of common stock (note 11)
    (106,267 )     (100,000 )     (1,117,000 )             (1,217,000 )        
 
                                     
 
                                               
Balance, December 31, 2008
    4,775,339     $ 5,302,000     $ 29,818,000     $ 317,000     $ 35,437,000          
 
                                     
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Disclosure of reclassification amount, net of taxes (Note 16):
                       
 
                       
Unrealized holding gain arising during the year
  $ 668,000     $ 585,000     $ 399,000  
Reclassification adjustment for impairment loss included in net income
    (244,000 )            
 
                 
 
                       
Net unrealized holding gain arising during the year
  $ 424,000     $ 585,000     $ 399,000  
 
                 
The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 6


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 304,000     $ 4,223,000     $ 5,202,000  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Provision for loan losses
    4,600,000       800,000       1,000,000  
Change in deferred loan origination costs/fees, net
    285,000       618,000       (416,000 )
Stock-based compensation expense
    292,000       288,000       174,000  
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
            (9,000 )     (61,000 )
Depreciation and amortization
    1,984,000       2,197,000       2,171,000  
Amortization of investment security premiums
    56,000       149,000       387,000  
Accretion of investment security discounts
    (55,000 )     (63,000 )     (89,000 )
Impairment loss on investment security
    415,000                  
Provision for losses on other real estate
    618,000                  
Net loss on sale of premises and equipment
    13,000       39,000          
Net loss (gain) on sale of other vehicles owned
    18,000       (17,000 )     (23,000 )
Gain on life insurance death benefit
            (63,000 )        
Earnings on bank owned life insurance policies
    (421,000 )     (415,000 )     (393,000 )
Expenses on bank owned life insurance policies
    83,000       80,000       74,000  
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable and other assets
    297,000       (426,000 )     (41,000 )
(Decrease) increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
    (711,000 )     1,325,000       166,000  
Provision for deferred income taxes
    (1,459,000 )     (787,000 )     (456,000 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    6,319,000       7,939,000       7,695,000  
 
                 
(Continued)

 

F - 7


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(Continued)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Proceeds from matured and called available- for-sale investment securities
  $ 16,475,000     $ 27,876,000     $ 19,931,000  
Proceeds from matured and called held-to-maturity investment securities
    920,000       585,000          
Purchases of available-for-sale investment securities
    (2,990,000 )     (11,009,000 )        
Purchases of held-to-maturity investment securities
                    (155,000 )
Proceeds from principal repayments from available-for-sale government-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities
    2,819,000       2,961,000       3,521,000  
Proceeds from principal repayments from held-to-maturity government-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities
                    134,000  
Net (increase) decrease in loans
    (19,520,000 )     355,000       (33,831,000 )
Proceeds from sale of vehicles
    376,000       429,000       211,000  
Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment
            20,000       8,000  
Purchases of premises and equipment
    (2,566,000 )     (1,116,000 )     (5,173,000 )
Proceeds from bank owned life insurance
            419,000          
Purchase of bank owned life insurance
                    (200,000 )
 
                 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (4,486,000 )     20,520,000       (15,554,000 )
 
                 
 
                       
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Net increase (decrease) in demand, interest-bearing and savings deposits
    9,658,000       (37,881,000 )     (26,025,000 )
Net (decrease) increase in time deposits
    (30,105,000 )     27,645,000       1,641,000  
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings
    26,500,000       (12,500,000 )     20,000,000  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    68,000       73,000       181,000  
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
            9,000       61,000  
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
    (1,217,000 )     (2,400,000 )        
Payment of cash dividends
    (1,153,000 )     (1,491,000 )     (1,302,000 )
 
                 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    3,751,000       (26,545,000 )     (5,444,000 )
 
                 
 
                       
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    5,584,000       1,914,000       (13,303,000 )
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    13,207,000       11,293,000       24,596,000  
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 18,791,000     $ 13,207,000     $ 11,293,000  
 
                 
(Continued)

 

F - 8


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(Continued)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                       
 
                       
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
Interest expense
  $ 5,804,000     $ 8,184,000     $ 6,882,000  
Income taxes
  $ 1,385,000     $ 3,495,000     $ 3,370,000  
 
                       
Non-cash investing activities:
                       
Real estate acquired through foreclosure
  $ 4,364,000     $ 402,000          
Vehicles acquired through repossession
  $ 388,000     $ 500,000     $ 196,000  
Reclassification of loans to other assets
  $ 113,000             $ 230,000  
Net change in unrealized gain/loss on available-for-sale investment securities
  $ 424,000     $ 585,000     $ 399,000  
 
                       
Non-cash financing activities:
                       
Common stock retired in connection with the exercise of stock options
          $ 70,000     $ 417,000  
Tax benefit from stock options exercised
          $ 9,000     $ 61,000  
The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 9


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1.  
THE BUSINESS OF PLUMAS BANCORP
During 2002, Plumas Bancorp (the “Company”) was incorporated as a bank holding company for the purpose of acquiring Plumas Bank (the “Bank”) in a one bank holding company reorganization. This corporate structure gives the Company and the Bank greater flexibility in terms of operation expansion and diversification. The Company formed Plumas Statutory Trust I (“Trust I”) for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities on September 26, 2002. The Company formed Plumas Statutory Trust II (“Trust II”) for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities on September 28, 2005.
The Bank operates thirteen branches in California, including branches in Alturas, Chester, Fall River Mills, Greenville, Kings Beach, Loyalton, Portola, Quincy, Redding, Susanville, Tahoe City, Truckee and Westwood. In addition to its branch network, the Bank operates a commercial lending office in Reno, Nevada and a lending office specializing in government-guaranteed lending in Auburn, California. The Bank’s primary source of revenue is generated from providing loans to customers who are predominately small and middle market businesses and individuals residing in the surrounding areas.
The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to applicable legal limits. The Bank is participating in the Federal Deposit insurance Corporation (FDIC) Transaction Account Guarantee Program. Under the program, through December 31, 2009, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount in the account. Coverage under the Transaction Account Guarantee Program is in addition to and separate from the coverage under the FDIC’s general deposit insurance rules.
2.  
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Consolidation and Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the consolidated accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Plumas Bank. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Plumas Statutory Trust I and Trust II are not consolidated into the Company’s consolidated financial statements and, accordingly, are accounted for under the equity method. The Company’s investment in Trust I of $260,000 and Trust II of $146,000 are included in accrued interest receivable and other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. The junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued and guaranteed by the Company and held by Trust I and Trust II are reflected as debt on the consolidated balance sheet.
The accounting and reporting policies of Plumas Bancorp and subsidiary conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and prevailing practices within the banking industry.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years’ balances to conform to the classifications used in 2008.

 

F - 10


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
2.  
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Segment Information
Management has determined that since all of the banking products and services offered by the Company are available in each branch of the Bank, all branches are located within the same economic environment and management does not allocate resources based on the performance of different lending or transaction activities, it is appropriate to aggregate the Bank branches and report them as a single operating segment. No customer accounts for more than 10 percent of revenues for the Company or the Bank.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and due from banks and Federal funds sold are considered to be cash equivalents. Generally, Federal funds are sold for one day periods. Cash held with other federally insured institutions in excess of FDIC limits as of December 31, 2008 was $1,226,000.
Investment Securities
Investments are classified into one of the following categories:
   
Available-for-sale securities reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported, net of taxes, as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity.
   
Held-to-maturity securities, which management has the positive intent and ability to hold, reported at amortized cost, adjusted for the accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums.
Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments at the time of purchase and may only change the classification in certain limited circumstances. All transfers between categories are accounted for at fair value. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007 the Company did not have any investment securities classified as trading and there were no transfers between categories during 2008 or 2007.

 

F - 11


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
2.  
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Investment Securities (Continued)
Gains or losses on the sale of securities are computed on the specific identification method. Interest earned on investment securities is reported in interest income, net of applicable adjustments for accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums.
Investment securities are evaluated for impairment on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation to determine whether a decline in their value is other than temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. The term “other than temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized.
Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, the Bank is required to maintain an investment in the capital stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank. The investment is carried at cost. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, Federal Home Loan Bank stock totaled $1,933,000 and $2,045,000, respectively. On the consolidated balance sheet, Federal Home Loan Bank stock is included in accrued interest receivable and other assets.
Loans Held for Sale, Loan Sales and Servicing
The Company accounts for the transfer and servicing of financial assets based on the financial and servicing assets it controls and liabilities it has incurred, derecognizes financial assets when control has been surrendered, and derecognizes liabilities when extinguished.
Servicing rights acquired through 1) a purchase or 2) the origination of loans which are sold or securitized with servicing rights retained are recognized as separate assets or liabilities. Servicing assets or liabilities are recorded at the difference between the contractual servicing fees and adequate compensation for performing the servicing, and are subsequently amortized in proportion to and over the period of the related net servicing income or expense. Servicing assets are periodically evaluated for impairment. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market interest rates. For purposes of measuring impairment, servicing assets are stratified based on note rate and term. The amount of impairment recognized, if any is the amount by which the servicing assets for a stratum exceed their fair value.

 

F - 12


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
2.  
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Loans Held for Sale, Loan Sales and Servicing (Continued)
Government Guaranteed Loans
Included in the portfolio are loans which are 75% to 90% guaranteed by the Small Business Administration (SBA), US Department of Agriculture Rural Business Cooperative Service (RBS) and Farm Services Agency (FSA). The guaranteed portion of these loans may be sold to a third party, with the Bank retaining the unguaranteed portion. The Company can receive a premium in excess of the adjusted carrying value of the loan at the time of sale. The Company may be required to refund a portion of the sales premium if the borrower defaults or prepays within ninety days of the settlement date. At December 31, 2008, the premiums and guaranteed portion of these sold loans subject to these recourse provisions was not significant. During 2008, 2007 and 2006 the Company was not required to refund any significant amounts of sales premiums related to the loans sold.
The Company’s investment in the loan is allocated between the retained portion of the loan, the servicing asset, the interest-only (IO) strip, and the sold portion of the loan based on their relative fair values on the date the loan is sold. The gain on the sold portion of the loan is recognized as income at the time of sale. The carrying value of the retained portion of the loan is discounted based on the estimated value of a comparable non-guaranteed loan. The servicing asset is recognized and amortized over the estimated life of the related loan (see Note 5). Assets (accounted for as interest-only (IO) strips) are recorded at the fair value of the difference between note rates and rates paid to purchasers (the interest spread) and contractual servicing fees, if applicable. IO strips are carried at fair value with gains or losses recorded as a component of shareholders’ equity, similar to available-for-sale investment securities. Significant future prepayments of these loans will result in the recognition of additional amortization of related servicing assets and an adjustment to the carrying value of related IO strips.
Mortgage Loans
The Company did not sell any mortgage loans in 2008, 2007 and 2006 and did not have any loans held for sale at December 31, 2008 or 2007. The Company serviced loans previously sold to the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) totaling $3,993,000 and $5,073,000 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Loans
Loans are stated at principal balances outstanding, except for loans, if any, that are transferred from loans held for sale which are carried at the lower of principal balance or market value at the date of transfer, adjusted for accretion of discounts. Interest is accrued daily based upon outstanding loan balances. However, when, in the opinion of management, loans are considered to be impaired and the future collectibility of interest and principal is in serious doubt, loans are placed on nonaccrual status and the accrual of interest income is suspended. Any interest accrued but unpaid is charged against income. Payments received are applied to reduce principal to the extent necessary to ensure collection. Subsequent payments on these loans, or payments received on nonaccrual loans for which the ultimate collectibility of principal is not in doubt, are applied first to earned but unpaid interest and then to principal.

 

F - 13


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
2.  
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Loans (Continued)
An impaired loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as a practical matter, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due (including both principal and interest) in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement.
Loan origination fees, commitment fees, direct loan origination costs and purchased premiums and discounts on loans are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of yield, to be amortized to interest income over the contractual term of the loan. The unamortized balance of deferred fees and costs is reported as a component of net loans.
The Company may acquire loans through a business combination or a purchase for which differences may exist between the contractual cash flows and the cash flows expected to be collected due, at least in part, to credit quality. When the Company acquires such loans, the yield that may be accreted (accretable yield) is limited to the excess of the Company’s estimate of undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected over the Company’s initial investment in the loan. The excess of contractual cash flows over cash flows expected to be collected may not be recognized as an adjustment to yield, loss, or a valuation allowance. Subsequent increases in cash flows expected to be collected generally should be recognized prospectively through adjustment of the loan’s yield over its remaining life. Decreases in cash flows expected to be collected should be recognized as an impairment.
The Company may not “carry over” or create a valuation allowance in the initial accounting for loans acquired under these circumstances. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were no such loans being accounted for under this policy.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is maintained to provide for losses related to impaired loans and other losses that can be expected to occur in the normal course of business. The determination of the allowance is based on estimates made by management, to include consideration of the character of the loan portfolio, specifically identified problem loans, potential losses inherent in the portfolio taken as a whole and economic conditions in the Company’s service area.
Classified loans and loans determined to be impaired are evaluated by management for specific risk of loss. In addition, reserve factors are assigned to currently performing loans based on management’s assessment of the following for each identified loan type: (1) inherent credit risk, (2) historical losses and, (3) where the Company has not experienced losses, the loss experience of peer banks. These estimates are particularly susceptible to changes in the economic environment and market conditions.

 

F - 14


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
2.  
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)
The Bank’s Loan Committee reviews the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses at least quarterly, to include consideration of the relative risks in the portfolio and current economic conditions. The allowance is adjusted based on that review if, in management’s judgment, changes are warranted.
The allowance is established through a provision for loan losses which is charged to expense. Additions to the allowance are expected to maintain the adequacy of the total allowance after credit losses and loan growth. The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, reflects management’s estimate of probable losses in the portfolio, actual losses may vary from their estimates. In addition, the FDIC and California Department of Financial Institutions, as an integral part of their examination process, review the allowance for loan and lease losses. These agencies may require additions to the allowance for loan and lease losses based on their judgment about information available at the time of their examination.
Allowance for Losses Related to Undisbursed Commitments
The Company maintains a separate allowance for losses related to undisbursed loan commitments. Management estimates the amount of probable losses by applying a loss reserve factor to a portion of undisbursed lines of credit. The allowance totaled $55,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and is included in accrued interest payable and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.
Other Real Estate
The Company’s investment in other real estate holdings, all of which were related to real estate acquired in full or partial settlement of loan obligations, was $4,148,000 net of a valuation allowance of $618,000 at December 31, 2008 and $402,000 with no valuation allowance at December 31, 2007. There were no sales of other real estate in 2008 or 2007. When property is acquired, any excess of the Bank’s recorded investment in the loan balance and accrued interest income over the estimated fair market value of the property less costs to sell is charged against the allowance for loan losses. A valuation allowance for losses on other real estate is maintained to provide for temporary declines in value. The allowance is established through a provision for losses on other real estate which is included in other expenses. Subsequent gains or losses on sales or write-downs resulting from permanent impairment are recorded in other income or expenses as incurred.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consist of core deposit intangibles related to branch acquisitions and are amortized using the straight-line method over ten years. The Company evaluates the recoverability and remaining useful life annually to determine whether events or circumstances warrant a revision to the intangible asset or the remaining period of amortization.

 

F - 15


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
2.  
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The useful lives of premises are estimated to be twenty to thirty years. The useful lives of furniture, fixtures and equipment are estimated to be two to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the asset or the life of the related lease, whichever is shorter. When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in income for the period. The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred. The Company evaluates premises and equipment for financial impairment as events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable.
Income Taxes
The Company files its income taxes on a consolidated basis with its subsidiary. The allocation of income tax expense (benefit) represents each entity’s proportionate share of the consolidated provision for income taxes.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the reported amount of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment. On the consolidated balance sheet, net deferred tax assets are included in accrued interest receivable and other assets.
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
Since January 1, 2007, the Company has accounted for uncertainty in income taxes under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”). Under the provisions of FIN 48 only tax positions that met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold on January 1, 2007 were recognized or continue to be recognized upon adoption. The Company previously recognized income tax positions based on management’s estimate of whether it was reasonably possible that a liability had been incurred for unrecognized income tax benefits by applying FASB Statement No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies .
When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.

 

F - 16


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
2.  
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (Continued)
Interest expense and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits, if any, are classified as income tax expense in the consolidated statement of income.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share (EPS), which excludes dilution, is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock, such as stock options, result in the issuance of common stock which shares in the earnings of the Company. The treasury stock method has been applied to determine the dilutive effect of stock options in computing diluted EPS.
Stock-Based Compensation
At December 31, 2008, the Company had two shareholder approved stock-based compensation plans, the Plumas Bank 2001 and 1991 Stock Option Plans (the “Plans”) which are described more fully in Note 11.
Compensation expense, net of related tax benefits, recorded in 2008, 2007 and 2006 totaled $269,000, $262,000 and $154,000 or $0.06, $0.05 and $0.03 per diluted share, respectively. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period on a straight line accounting basis.
The Company determines the fair value of the options previously granted on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model that uses assumptions based on expected option life, expected stock volatility and the risk-free interest rate. The expected volatility assumptions used by the Company are based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected life of the Company’s stock options. The Company bases its expected life assumption on its historical experience and on the terms and conditions of the stock options it grants to employees. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve for the periods within the contractual life of the options in effect at the time of the grant. The Company also makes assumptions regarding estimated forfeitures that will impact the total compensation expenses recognized under the Plans.

 

F - 17


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
2.  
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)
The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the following assumptions.
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Expected life of stock options
  5.2 years     6.6 years     5.0 years  
Interest rate—stock options
    2.98 %     4.71 %     4.67 %
Volatility—stock options
    25.3 %     26.8 %     21.4 %
Dividend yields
    2.61 %     1.72 %     1.40 %
Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year
  $ 2.54     $ 4.53     $ 4.56  
Impact of New Financial Accounting Standards
Business Combinations
In December 2007, the (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS No. 141R”). SFAS No. 141(R), among other things, establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer in a business combination (i) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquired business, (ii) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase, and (iii) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The Bank is required to adopt SFAS No. 141(R) for all business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after January 1, 2009. Earlier adoption is prohibited. This standard will change the Bank’s accounting treatment for business combinations on a prospective basis.
The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (SFAS No. 162). This standard identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles to be used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with GAAP. It establishes that the GAAP hierarchy should be directed to entities because it is the entity (not the auditor) that is responsible for selecting accounting principles for financial statements that are presented in conformity with GAAP. SFAS 162 became effective on November 15, 2008. The implementation of SFAS No. 162 did not have any effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 18


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
2.  
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Impact of New Financial Accounting Standards (Continued )
Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets
In December 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) SFAS No. 132(R)-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets (FSP 132(R)-1). This standard provides guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. The objectives of the disclosures about plan assets in an employer’s defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan are to provide users of financial statements with an understanding of how investment allocation decisions are made, including the factors that are pertinent to an understanding of investment policies and strategies, the major categories of plan assets, the inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets, the effect of fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) on changes in plan assets for the period, and significant concentrations of risk within plan assets. The disclosures about plan assets required by the FSP are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of FSP 132(R)-1 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F - 19


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
3.  
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:
                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Carrying     Fair     Carrying     Fair  
    Amount     Value     Amount     Value  
Financial assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 18,791,000     $ 18,791,000     $ 13,207,000     $ 13,207,000  
Investment securities
    38,374,000       38,606,000       55,292,000       55,367,000  
Loans
    359,072,000       363,811,000       349,302,000       348,672,000  
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies
    9,766,000       9,766,000       9,428,000       9,428,000  
Accrued interest receivable
    2,063,000       2,063,000       2,619,000       2,619,000  
 
                               
Financial liabilities:
                               
Deposits
  $ 371,493,000     $ 371,761,000     $ 391,940,000     $ 391,975,000  
Short-term borrowings
    34,000,000       34,000,000       7,500,000       7,500,000  
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
    10,310,000       2,420,000       10,310,000       9,314,000  
Accrued interest payable
    487,000       487,000       927,000       927,000  
These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument for sale at one time, nor do they attempt to estimate the value of anticipated future business related to the instruments. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of these estimates.
Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the fair values presented.
The following methods and assumptions were used by management to estimate the fair value of its financial instruments at December 31, 2008 and 2007:
Cash and cash equivalents : For cash and cash equivalents, the carrying amount is estimated to be fair value.
Investment securities : For investment securities, fair values are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities and indications of value provided by brokers.

 

F - 20


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
3.  
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)
Loans : For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values of loans held for sale, if any, are estimated using quoted market prices for similar loans. The fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered at each reporting date for loans with similar terms to borrowers of comparable creditworthiness. The fair value of loans is adjusted for the allowance for loan losses. The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value.
Bank owned life insurance : The fair values of bank owned life insurance policies are based on current cash surrender values at each reporting date provided by the insurers.
Deposits : The fair values for demand deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date represented by their carrying amount. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis using interest rates offered at each reporting date by the Bank for certificates with similar remaining maturities. The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.
Short-term borrowings : The carrying amount of the short-term borrowings approximates its fair value.
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures : The fair value of junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures was determined based on the current market value for like kind instruments of a similar maturity and structure.
Commitments to extend credit and letters of credit : The fair value of commitments are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements. Commitments to extend credit are primarily for variable rate loans and letters of credit. For these commitments, there is no significant difference between the committed amounts and their fair values and therefore, is not included in the table above.
On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 157 (SFAS 157 ), Fair Value Measurements. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. There was no cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings recorded upon adoption and no impact on the financial statements during 2008.
On October 10, 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active. The FSP clarifies the application of FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active. The FSP is effective immediately, and therefore the Company is subject to the provision of the FSP effective immediately. The impact of adoption was not material to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

F - 21


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
3.  
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)
The following tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non recurring basis as of December 31, 2008, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value based on the hierarchy:
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) or identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:
                                 
            Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2008 Using  
            Quoted Prices in              
            Active Markets for     Significant Other     Significant  
            Identical Assets     Observable Inputs     Unobservable Inputs  
    December 31, 2008     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
                               
Assets:
                               
Available-for-sale securities
  $ 25,807,000     $ 13,450,000     $ 12,357,000     $  
 
                       
The fair value of securities available for sale equals quoted market price, if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is determined using quoted market prices for similar securities. There were no changes in the valuation techniques used during 2008. Changes in fair market value are recorded in other comprehensive income.

 

F - 22


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
3.  
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)
Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:
                                 
            Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2008 Using  
            Quoted Prices in              
            Active Markets for     Significant Other     Significant  
            Identical Assets     Observable Inputs     Unobservable Inputs  
    December 31, 2008     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
                               
Assets:
                               
Impaired loans
  $ 23,312,000     $     $ 23,312,000     $  
 
                       
Impaired loans, all of which are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral as they are virtually all collateral dependent loans, had a principal balance of $26,444,000 with a related valuation allowance of $3,132,000 at December 31, 2008. There were no changes in the valuation techniques used during 2008. Declines in the collateral values of impaired loans during 2008 were $2,805,000 which was reflected as additional specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses.
4.  
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of the following:
Available-for-Sale
                                 
    2008  
            Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
 
                               
Debt securities:
                               
U.S. Treasury securities
  $ 1,498,000     $ 10,000             $ 1,508,000  
U.S. Government agencies
    10,001,000       391,000               10,392,000  
U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations
    12,183,000       189,000     $ (15,000 )     12,357,000  
Corporate debt securities
    1,585,000       1,000       (36,000 )     1,550,000  
 
                       
 
                               
 
  $ 25,267,000     $ 591,000     $ (51,000 )   $ 25,807,000  
 
                       
Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment securities totaling $540,000 were recorded, net of $223,000 in tax expense, as accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2008. There were no sales of available-for-sale investment securities during the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

F - 23


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
4.  
INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)
Available-for-Sale : (Continued)
During 2008 the Bank’s investment securities included a $500,000 corporate debt security issued by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., which filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy on September 15, 2008. Due to the significant decline in the price of this security following the bankruptcy filing, the Bank recorded an other than temporary impairment write down of $415,000.
                                 
    2007  
            Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
 
                               
Debt securities:
                               
U.S. Treasury Securities
  $ 3,489,000             $ (8,000 )   $ 3,481,000  
U.S. Government agencies
    19,522,000     $ 191,000       (51,000 )     19,662,000  
U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations
    15,001,000       12,000       (275,000 )     14,738,000  
Corporate debt securities
    3,975,000               (52,000 )     3,923,000  
 
                       
 
                               
 
  $ 41,987,000     $ 203,000     $ (386,000 )   $ 41,804,000  
 
                       
Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities totaling $183,000 were recorded, net of $76,000 in tax benefits, as accumulated other comprehensive loss within shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2007. There were no sales of available-for-sale investment securities during the years ended December 31, 2007 or 2006.
Held-to-Maturity
                                 
    2008  
            Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Debt securities:
                               
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
  $ 12,567,000     $ 278,000     $ (46,000 )   $ 12,799,000  
 
                       
                                 
    2007  
            Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Debt securities:
                               
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
  $ 13,488,000     $ 95,000     $ (20,000 )   $ 13,563,000  
 
                       
There were no sales or transfers of held-to-maturity investment securities during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

F - 24


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
4.  
INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)
Investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2008 are summarized and classified according to the duration of the loss period as follows:
                                                 
    Less than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized  
    Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
 
                                               
Debt securities:
                                               
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
  $ 1,366,000     $ 39,000     $ 809,000     $ 7,000     $ 2,175,000     $ 46,000  
U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations
                    3,419,000       15,000       3,419,000       15,000  
Corporate debt securities
                    1,050,000       36,000       1,050,000       36,000  
 
                                   
 
                                               
 
  $ 1,366,000     $ 39,000     $ 5,278,000     $ 58,000     $ 6,644,000     $ 97,000  
 
                                   
Investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2007 are summarized and classified according to the duration of the loss period as follows:
                                                 
    Less than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized  
    Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
 
                                               
Debt securities:
                                               
U.S. Treasury securities
                  $ 3,481,000     $ 8,000     $ 3,481,000     $ 8,000  
U.S. Government agencies
  $ 1,001,000     $ 5,000       8,469,000       46,000       9,470,000       51,000  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    421,000       1,000       3,873,000       19,000       4,294,000       20,000  
U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations
                    12,640,000       275,000       12,640,000       275,000  
Corporate debt securities
                    3,923,000       52,000       3,923,000       52,000  
 
                                   
 
                                               
 
  $ 1,422,000     $ 6,000     $ 32,386,000     $ 400,000     $ 33,808,000     $ 406,000  
 
                                   

 

F - 25


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
4.  
INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)
At December 31, 2008, the Company held 89 securities of which 18 were in a loss position. Of the securities in a loss position, 6 were in a loss position for less than twelve months and 12 were in a loss position and had been in loss position for twelve months or more. Of the 18 securities 9 are obligations of states and political subdivisions, 6 are U.S. government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations and 3 are corporate debt securities. The unrealized losses relate principally to the continued dislocation of the securities market. All but one of the securities has continued to pay as scheduled despite their impairment due to current market conditions. When analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, management considers the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost; the historical and implied volatility of the security; the financial condition of the issuer of the security; and the Company’s intent and ability to hold the security to recovery. Management has the ability and intent to hold securities classified as held to maturity until they mature, at which time the Company expects to receive full value for the securities. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2008, management also has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as available for sale and currently impaired for a period of time sufficient for a recovery of cost. Based on the Company’s evaluation of the above and other relevant factors, the Company does not believe the securities that are in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2008 are other than temporarily impaired.
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2008 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
                                 
    Available-for-Sale     Held-to-Maturity  
            Estimated             Estimated  
    Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
 
                               
Within one year
  $ 3,083,000     $ 3,058,000                  
After one year through five years
    10,001,000       10,392,000     $ 1,977,000     $ 2,017,000  
After five years through ten years
                    10,300,000       10,504,000  
After ten years through fifteen years
                    290,000       278,000  
 
                       
 
    13,084,000       13,450,000       12,567,000       12,799,000  
Investment securities not due at a single maturity date:
                               
Government-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities
    12,183,000       12,357,000                  
 
                       
 
                               
 
  $ 25,267,000     $ 25,807,000     $ 12,567,000     $ 12,799,000  
 
                       
Investment securities with amortized costs totaling $36,249,000 and $36,499,000 and estimated fair values totaling $37,056,000 and $36,706,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits, including public deposits and treasury, tax and loan accounts.

 

F - 26


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
5.  
LOANS AND THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
Outstanding loans are summarized below:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Commercial
  $ 42,528,000     $ 39,584,000  
Agricultural
    36,020,000       35,762,000  
Real estate — mortgage
    151,943,000       128,357,000  
Real estate — construction and land development
    73,820,000       76,478,000  
Installment
    61,706,000       72,768,000  
 
           
 
               
 
    366,017,000       352,949,000  
 
               
Deferred loan costs, net
    279,000       564,000  
Allowance for loan losses
    (7,224,000 )     (4,211,000 )
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 359,072,000     $ 349,302,000  
 
           
Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 4,211,000     $ 3,917,000     $ 3,256,000  
Provision charged to operations
    4,600,000       800,000       1,000,000  
Losses charged to allowance
    (1,783,000 )     (786,000 )     (645,000 )
Recoveries
    196,000       280,000       306,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Balance, end of year
  $ 7,224,000     $ 4,211,000     $ 3,917,000  
 
                 
The recorded investment in loans that were considered to be impaired totaled $26,444,000 and $2,618,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The related allowance for loan losses for impaired loans was $3,132,000 and $143,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The average recorded investment in impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $5,243,000, $1,736,000 and $1,201,000, respectively. The Company recognized $74,000, $118,000 and $116,000 in interest income on a cash basis for impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

F - 27


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
5.  
LOANS AND THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, nonaccrual loans totaled $26,444,000 and $2,618,000, respectively. Interest foregone on nonaccrual loans totaled $576,000, $161,000 and $53,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Loans past due 90 days or more and on accrual status were $297,000 and $14,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Salaries and employee benefits totaling $868,000, $753,000 and $1,328,000 have been deferred as loan origination costs during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Servicing Assets and Interest-Only Strips Receivable
The Company serviced government guaranteed loans for others totaling $8,920,000, $5,300,000 and 4,622,000 as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
A summary of the related servicing assets and interest-only strips receivable are as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Servicing Assets:
                       
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 76,000     $ 69,000     $ 97,000  
Increase from loan sales
    62,000       24,000       15,000  
Amortization charged to income
    (30,000 )     (17,000 )     (43,000 )
 
                 
Balance at end of year
  $ 108,000     $ 76,000     $ 69,000  
 
                 
 
                       
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Interest-Only Strips Receivable:
                       
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 247,000     $ 238,000     $ 326,000  
Increase from loan sales
    46,000       68,000       67,000  
Amortization charged to income
    (80,000 )     (59,000 )     (155,000 )
 
                 
Balance at end of year
  $ 213,000     $ 247,000     $ 238,000  
 
                 
At December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, the Company had interest-only strips of $213,000, $247,000, and $238,000, respectively, which approximates fair value. There were no significant gains or losses recognized on the interest-only strips for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

F - 28


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
6.  
PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Land
  $ 2,397,000     $ 2,397,000  
Premises
    14,220,000       12,621,000  
Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements
    9,912,000       8,723,000  
Construction in progress
            309,000  
 
           
 
               
 
    26,529,000       24,050,000  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (10,765,000 )     (9,384,000 )
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 15,764,000     $ 14,666,000  
 
           
Depreciation and amortization included in occupancy and equipment expense totaled $1,769,000, $1,897,000 and $1,870,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
7. DEPOSITS
Interest-bearing deposits consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 72,589,000     $ 74,811,000  
Money market
    39,225,000       32,149,000  
Savings
    48,604,000       45,343,000  
Time, $100,000 or more
    36,179,000       51,588,000  
Other time
    62,113,000       76,809,000  
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 258,710,000     $ 280,700,000  
 
           

 

F - 29


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
7.  
DEPOSITS (Continued)
At December 31, 2008, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows:
         
Year Ending December 31,        
 
2009
  $ 86,350,000  
2010
    8,257,000  
2011
    2,064,000  
2012
    1,283,000  
2013
    306,000  
Thereafter
    32,000  
 
     
 
       
 
  $ 98,292,000  
 
     
At December 31, 2008, the contractual maturities of time deposits with a denomination of $100,000 and over were as follows: $17,085,000 in 3 months or less, $8,095,000 over 3 months through 6 months, $6,761,000 over 6 months through 12 months, and $4,238,000 over 12 months.
Deposit overdrafts reclassified as loan balances were $484,000 and $822,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
8.  
SHORT-TERM BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS
The Company has unsecured short-term borrowing arrangements with two of its correspondent banks in the amounts of $10,000,000 and $5,000,000. The Company can also borrow up to $88,827,000 from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) secured by commercial and residential mortgage loans with carrying values totaling $202,341,000. These FHLB advances are normally made for one day periods but can be for longer periods. Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of $34,000,000 and $7,500,000, respectively, in one day FHLB advances. The weighted average rate on these borrowings at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were 0.05% and 3.30%, respectively.
The Bank is eligible to issue certain debt that is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, up to a limit of $8.3 million, under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Any senior unsecured debt with a stated maturity of more than thirty days issued by the Bank up to its debt guarantee limit falls under this program. The Bank will be charged an annualized assessment from the FDIC, ranging from 50 to 100 basis points, based on the term and amount of the debt outstanding under the program. At December 31, 2008, the Bank had no borrowings under this debt guarantee program.

 

F - 30


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
9.  
JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURES
Plumas Statutory Trust I and II are Connecticut business trusts formed by the Company with capital of $247,000 and $140,000, respectively, for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company. Under applicable regulatory guidance, the amount of trust preferred securities that is eligible as Tier 1 capital is limited to twenty-five percent of the Company’s Tier 1 capital, as defined, on a pro forma basis. At December 31, 2008, all of the trust preferred securities that have been issued qualify as Tier 1 capital.
During 2002, Plumas Statutory Trust I issued 6,000 Floating Rate Capital Trust Pass-Through Securities (“Trust Preferred Securities”), with a liquidation value of $1,000 per security, for gross proceeds of $6,000,000. During 2005, Plumas Statutory Trust II issued 4,000 Trust Preferred Securities with a liquidation value of $1,000 per security, for gross proceeds of $4,000,000. The entire proceeds were invested by Trust I in the amount of $6,186,000 and Trust II in the amount of $4,124,000 in Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (the “Subordinated Debentures”) issued by the Company, with identical maturity, repricing and payment terms as the Trust Preferred Securities. The Subordinated Debentures represent the sole assets of Trusts I and II.
Trust I’s Subordinated Debentures mature on September 26, 2032, bear a current interest rate of 4.87% (based on 3-month LIBOR plus 3.40%), with repricing and payments due quarterly. Trust II’s Subordinated Debentures mature on September 28, 2035, bear a current interest rate of 3.48% (based on 3-month LIBOR plus 1.48%), with repricing and payments due quarterly. The Subordinated Debentures are redeemable by the Company, subject to receipt by the Company of prior approval from the Federal Reserve Board of Governors, on any quarterly anniversary date on or after the 5-year anniversary date of the issuance. The redemption price is par plus accrued and unpaid interest, except in the case of redemption under a special event which is defined in the debenture. The Trust Preferred Securities are subject to mandatory redemption to the extent of any early redemption of the Subordinated Debentures and upon maturity of the Subordinated Debentures on September 26, 2032 for Trust I and September 28, 2035 for Trust II.
Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities are entitled to a cumulative cash distribution on the liquidation amount of $1,000 per security. The interest rate of the Trust Preferred Securities issued by Trust I adjust on each quarterly anniversary date to equal the 3-month LIBOR plus 3.40% provided, however, that prior to September 26, 2007, such annual rate does not exceed 11.90%. The Trust Preferred Securities issued by Trust II adjust on each quarterly anniversary date to equal the 3-month LIBOR plus 1.48%. Both Trusts I and II have the option to defer payment of the distributions for a period of up to five years, as long as the Company is not in default on the payment of interest on the Subordinated Debentures. The Trust Preferred Securities were sold and issued in private transactions pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company has guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, distributions and other payments due on the Trust Preferred Securities.
Interest expense recognized by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 related to the subordinated debentures was $623,000, $835,000 and $810,000, respectively. The amount of deferred costs at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $143,000 and $149,000, respectively. The amortization of the deferred costs was $6,000 for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

F - 31


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
10.  
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Leases
The Company has commitments for leasing premises under the terms of noncancelable operating leases expiring from 2009 to 2018. Future minimum lease payments are as follows:
         
Year Ending December 31,        
 
2009
  $ 319,000  
2010
    283,000  
2011
    262,000  
2012
    262,000  
2013
    194,000  
Thereafter
    728,000  
 
     
 
  $ 2,048,000  
 
     
Rental expense included in occupancy and equipment expense totaled $347,000, $209,000 and $221,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Financial Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk
The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business in order to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized on the consolidated balance sheet.
The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for commitments to extend credit and letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and letters of credit as it does for loans included on the consolidated balance sheet.
The following financial instruments represent off-balance-sheet credit risk:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 78,787,000     $ 96,867,000  
Letters of credit
  $ 534,000     $ 655,000  

 

F - 32


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
10.  
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, crops, inventory, equipment, income-producing commercial properties, farm land and residential properties.
Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. The fair value of the liability related to these letters of credit, which represents the fees received for issuing the guarantees, was not significant at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Company recognizes these fees as revenues over the term of the commitment or when the commitment is used.
At December 31, 2008, consumer loan commitments represent approximately 14% of total commitments and are generally unsecured. Commercial and agricultural loan commitments represent approximately 35% of total commitments and are generally secured by various assets of the borrower. Real estate loan commitments, including consumer home equity lines of credit, represent the remaining 51% of total commitments and are generally secured by property with a loan-to-value ratio not to exceed 80%. In addition, the majority of the Company’s commitments have variable interest rates.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
The Company grants real estate mortgage, real estate construction, commercial, agricultural and consumer loans to customers throughout Plumas, Nevada, Placer, Lassen, Sierra, Shasta and Modoc counties in California and Washoe county in Northern Nevada.
Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its portfolio is secured by commercial and residential real estate. A continued substantial decline in the economy in general, or a continued decline in real estate values in the Company’s primary market areas in particular, could have an adverse impact on the collectibility of these loans. However, personal and business income represent the primary source of repayment for a majority of these loans.
Contingencies
The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to such actions will not materially affect the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 

F - 33


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
11.  
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Dividend Restrictions
The Company’s ability to pay cash dividends is dependent on dividends paid to it by the Bank and limited by California corporation law. Under California law, the holders of common stock of the Company are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available, subject to certain restrictions. The California general corporation law prohibits the Company from paying dividends on its common stock unless: (i) its retained earnings, immediately prior to the dividend payment, equals or exceeds the amount of the dividend or (ii) immediately after giving effect to the dividend, the sum of the Company’s assets (exclusive of goodwill and deferred charges) would be at least equal to 125% of its liabilities (not including deferred taxes, deferred income and other deferred liabilities) and the current assets of the Company would be at least equal to its current liabilities, or, if the average of its earnings before taxes on income and before interest expense for the two preceding fiscal years was less than the average of its interest expense for the two preceding fiscal years, at least equal to 125% of its current liabilities.
Dividends from the Bank to the Company are restricted under California law to the lesser of the Bank’s retained earnings or the Bank’s net income for the latest three fiscal years, less dividends previously declared during that period, or, with the approval of the Department of Financial Institutions, to the greater of the retained earnings of the Bank, the net income of the Bank for its last fiscal year, or the net income of the Bank for its current fiscal year. As of December 31, 2008, the maximum amount available for dividend distribution under this restriction was approximately $5,168,000. In addition the Company’s ability to pay dividends is subject to certain covenants contained in the indentures relating to the Trust Preferred Securities issued by the business trusts (see Note 9).
Dividends on common stock in 2009 will be also be limited without the prior approval by the Treasury due to the Company’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program — see Note 19.

 

F - 34


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
11.  
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)
Earnings Per Share
A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations is as follows:
                         
            Weighted        
            Average        
            Number of        
    Net     Shares     Per Share  
For the Year Ended   Income     Outstanding     Amount  
 
                       
December 31, 2008
                       
 
                       
Basic earnings per share
  $ 304,000       4,817,411     $ 0.06  
 
                     
 
Effect of dilutive stock options
            18,022          
 
                   
 
                       
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 304,000       4,835,433     $ 0.06  
 
                 
 
                       
December 31, 2007
                       
 
                       
Basic earnings per share
  $ 4,223,000       4,963,192     $ 0.85  
 
                     
 
                       
Effect of dilutive stock options
            41,957          
 
                   
 
                       
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 4,223,000       5,005,149     $ 0.84  
 
                 
 
                       
December 31, 2006
                       
 
                       
Basic earnings per share
  $ 5,202,000       5,001,389     $ 1.04  
 
                     
 
                       
Effect of dilutive stock options
            83,532          
 
                   
 
                       
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 5,202,000       5,084,921     $ 1.02  
 
                 
Shares of common stock issuable under stock options for which the exercise prices were greater than the average market prices were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share due to their antidilutive effect. Stock options not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share were 394,000, 215,000 and 12,500 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

F - 35


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
11.  
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)
Stock Options
In 2001 and 1991, the Company established Stock Option Plans for which 874,185 shares of common stock remain reserved for issuance to employees and directors and 407,229 shares are available for future grants under incentive and nonstatutory agreements as of December 31, 2008. The Plans require that the option price may not be less than the fair market value of the stock at the date the option is granted, and that the stock must be paid in full at the time the option is exercised. Payment in full for the option price must be made in cash or with Company common stock previously acquired by the optionee and held by the optionee for a period of at least six months. The Plans do not provide for the settlement of awards in cash and new shares are issued upon option exercise. The options expire on dates determined by the Board of Directors, but not later than ten years from the date of grant. Upon grant, options vest ratably over a three to five year period. A summary of the combined activity within the Plans follows:
                                 
                    Weighted        
            Weighted     Average        
            Average     Remaining        
            Exercise     Contractual        
    Shares     Price     Term     Intrinsic Value  
 
                               
Options outstanding at January 1, 2006
    355,976     $ 10.90                  
Options granted
    7,500       17.52                  
Options exercised
    (67,806 )     8.41                  
Options cancelled
    (4,756 )     12.68                  
 
                           
Options outstanding at December 31, 2006
    290,914     $ 11.62                  
Options granted
    155,700       16.37                  
Options exercised
    (19,292 )     7.47                  
Options cancelled
    (31,550 )     15.69                  
 
                           
Options outstanding at December 31, 2007
    395,772     $ 13.37                  
Options granted
    90,300       12.40                  
Options exercised
    (12,476 )     5.38                  
Options cancelled
    (6,640 )     14.30                  
 
                           
Options outstanding at December 31, 2008
    466,956     $ 13.38       5.6     $ 38,000  
 
                           
Options exercisable at December 31, 2008
    255,883     $ 12.37       4.8     $ 38,000  
Expected to vest after December 31, 2008
    211,073     $ 14.60       6.6     $  

 

F - 36


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
11.  
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)
Stock Options (Continued)
As of December 31, 2008, there was $553,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the 2001 Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.3 years.
The total fair value of options vested was $238,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008. The total intrinsic value of options at time of exercise was $56,000, $132,000 and $616,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
Cash received from option exercise for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, was $68,000, $73,000 and $181,000, respectively. There was no tax benefit realized for the tax deduction from options exercise in 2008. The tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercise totaled $9,000 and $61,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2007, and 2006.
Regulatory Capital
The Company and the Bank are subject to certain regulatory capital requirements administered by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). Failure to meet these minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Under capital adequacy guidelines, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involved quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. These quantitative measures are established by regulation accounting practices. These quantitative measures are established by regulation and require that minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets be maintained. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
The Bank is also subject to additional capital guidelines under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table on the following page. The most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under these guidelines. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
Management believes that the Company and the Bank met all their capital adequacy requirements as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

F - 37


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
11.  
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)
Regulatory Capital (Continued)
                                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
Leverage Ratio
                               
 
                               
Plumas Bancorp and Subsidiary
  $ 43,885,000       9.8 %   $ 46,209,000       10.0 %
Minimum regulatory requirement
  $ 17,907,000       4.0 %   $ 18,439,000       4.0 %
 
Plumas Bank
  $ 43,372,000       9.7 %   $ 45,415,000       9.9 %
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution under the prompt corrective action plan
  $ 22,365,000       5.0 %   $ 23,024,000       5.0 %
Minimum regulatory requirement
  $ 17,892,000       4.0 %   $ 18,419,000       4.0 %
 
                               
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
                               
 
                               
Plumas Bancorp and Subsidiary
  $ 43,885,000       11.0 %   $ 46,209,000       11.6 %
Minimum regulatory requirement
  $ 16,021,000       4.0 %   $ 15,881,000       4.0 %
 
Plumas Bank
  $ 43,372,000       10.8 %   $ 45,415,000       11.5 %
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution under the prompt corrective action plan
  $ 23,996,000       6.0 %   $ 23,790,000       6.0 %
Minimum regulatory requirement
  $ 15,997,000       4.0 %   $ 15,860,000       4.0 %
 
                               
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio
                               
 
                               
Plumas Bancorp and Subsidiary
  $ 48,919,000       12.2 %   $ 50,475,000       12.7 %
Minimum regulatory requirement
  $ 32,042,000       8.0 %   $ 31,763,000       8.0 %
 
Plumas Bank
  $ 48,399,000       12.1 %   $ 49,681,000       12.5 %
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution under the prompt corrective action plan
  $ 39,994,000       10.0 %   $ 39,651,000       10.0 %
Minimum regulatory requirement
  $ 31,995,000       8.0 %   $ 31,720,000       8.0 %
Share Repurchase Plan
On January 22, 2007 the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase plan authorizing the purchase of up to 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, or approximately 5% of the outstanding shares as of that date. The repurchase plan was authorized through December 31, 2007. During 2007 the Company repurchased 168,737 shares at an average price of $14.22 for a total cost of $2,400,000.

 

F - 38


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
11.  
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)
Share Repurchase Plan (Continued)
On December 20, 2007 the Company announced that for 2008 the Board of Directors authorized a common stock repurchase plan for up to 244,000 shares, or 5% of the Company’s shares outstanding on December 20, 2007. The repurchase plan was authorized through December 31, 2008. During 2008 the Company repurchased 106,267 shares at an average price of $11.45 for a total cost of $1,217,000.
12.  
OTHER EXPENSES
Other expenses consisted of the following:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Outside service fees
  $ 735,000     $ 671,000     $ 591,000  
Professional fees
    688,000       738,000       780,000  
Provision for losses on other real estate
    618,000                  
Business development
    467,000       530,000       555,000  
Advertising and promotion
    448,000       520,000       552,000  
Telephone and data communications
    400,000       362,000       374,000  
Loan expenses
    380,000       192,000       139,000  
Director compensation and retirement
    323,000       349,000       370,000  
Armored car and courier
    289,000       279,000       270,000  
FDIC Insurance
    258,000       48,000       53,000  
Stationery and supplies
    236,000       278,000       282,000  
Insurance
    235,000       177,000       173,000  
Core deposit intangible amortization
    216,000       301,000       301,000  
Postage
    208,000       242,000       249,000  
Other operating expenses
    252,000       232,000       235,000  
 
                 
 
                       
 
  $ 5,753,000     $ 4,919,000     $ 4,924,000  
 
                 
13. INCOME TAXES
The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 consisted of the following:
                         
    Federal     State     Total  
2008
                       
 
                       
Current
  $ 788,000     $ 459,000     $ 1,247,000  
Deferred
    (1,002,000 )     (457,000 )     (1,459,000 )
 
                 
 
                       
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
  $ (214,000 )   $ 2,000     $ (212,000 )
 
                 

 

F - 39


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
13.  
INCOME TAXES (Continued)
                         
    Federal     State     Total  
2007
                       
 
                       
Current
  $ 2,374,000     $ 915,000     $ 3,289,000  
Deferred
    (587,000 )     (200,000 )     (787,000 )
 
                 
 
                       
Provision for income taxes
  $ 1,787,000     $ 715,000     $ 2,502,000  
 
                 
 
2006
                       
 
                       
Current
  $ 2,736,000     $ 916,000     $ 3,652,000  
Deferred
    (434,000 )     (22,000 )     (456,000 )
 
                 
 
                       
Provision for income taxes
  $ 2,302,000     $ 894,000     $ 3,196,000  
 
                 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Deferred tax assets:
               
 
               
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 2,871,000     $ 1,586,000  
Future benefit for state income tax deduction
            160,000  
Deferred compensation
    1,713,000       1,668,000  
Core deposit premium
    302,000       297,000  
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale investment securities
            76,000  
Other
    369,000       70,000  
 
           
 
               
Total deferred tax assets
    5,255,000       3,857,000  
 
           
 
               
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
 
Prepaid costs
  $ (117,000 )   $ (139,000 )
Deferred loan costs
    (944,000 )     (1,085,000 )
Premises and equipment
    (351,000 )     (353,000 )
Future liability for state income tax deduction
    (152,000 )        
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investment securities
    (223,000 )        
Other
    (189,000 )     (161,000 )
 
           
 
               
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (1,976,000 )     (1,738,000 )
 
           
 
               
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 3,279,000     $ 2,119,000  
 
           
The Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will realize the above deferred tax assets in future periods; therefore, no valuation allowance has been provided against its deferred tax assets.

 

F - 40


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
13.  
INCOME TAXES (Continued)
The provision for income taxes differs from amounts computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rate to operating income before income taxes. The significant items comprising these differences consisted of the following:
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Federal income tax, at statutory rate
    34.0 %     34.0 %     34.0 %
State franchise tax, net of Federal tax effect
    1.7 %     7.0 %     7.0 %
Interest on obligations of states and political subdivisions
    (256.3 )%     (3.2 )%     (2.3 )%
Net increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance
    (125.1 )%     (1.7 )%     (1.3 )%
Other
    114.7 %     1.1 %     0.7 %
 
                 
 
                       
Effective tax rate
    (231.0 )%     37.2 %     38.1 %
 
                 
The Company and its subsidiary file income tax returns in the U.S. federal and California jurisdictions. The Company conducts all of its business activities in the States of California and Nevada. There are currently no pending U.S. federal, state, and local income tax or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities.
With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to tax examinations by U.S. Federal taxing authorities for years ended before December 31, 2005, and by state and local taxing authorities for years ended before December 31, 2004.
The unrecognized tax benefits and changes therein and the interest and penalties accrued by the Company as of December 31, 2008 were not significant.
14.  
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
During the normal course of business, the Company enters into transactions with related parties, including executive officers and directors. These transactions include borrowings with substantially the same terms, including rates and collateral, as loans to unrelated parties. The following is a summary of the aggregate activity involving related party borrowers during 2008:
         
Balance, January 1, 2008
  $ 750,000  
 
       
Disbursements
    828,000  
Amounts repaid
    (194,000 )
 
     
 
       
Balance, December 31, 2008
  $ 1,384,000  
 
     
 
       
Undisbursed commitments to related parties, December 31, 2008
  $ 671,000  
 
     

 

F - 41


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
15.  
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Profit Sharing Plan
The Plumas Bank Profit Sharing Plan commenced April 1, 1988 and is available to employees meeting certain service requirements. Under the Plan, employees are able to defer a selected percentage of their annual compensation. Included under the Plan’s investment options is the option to invest in Company stock. The Company’s contribution consists of the following:
   
A contribution which matches the participant’s contribution, up to a maximum of 3% of the employee’s compensation.
 
   
An additional discretionary contribution.
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company’s contribution totaled $206,000, $205,000 and $195,000, respectively.
Salary Continuation and Retirement Agreements
Salary continuation and retirement agreements are in place for five key executives and members of the Board of Directors. Under these agreements, the directors and executives will receive monthly payments for twelve to fifteen years, respectively, after retirement. These benefits are substantially equivalent to those available under split-dollar life insurance policies purchased by the Bank on the lives of the directors and executives. In addition, the estimated present value of these future benefits is accrued over the period from the effective dates of the agreements until the participants’ expected retirement dates based on a discount rate of 6.00%. The expense recognized under these plans for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 totaled $238,000, $580,000 and $331,000, respectively. Accrued compensation payable under the salary continuation plan totaled $3,357,000 and $3,265,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. On January 1, 2008 the Company adopted EITF 06-4, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsed Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements and recorded a liability of $420,000 for the future benefits or premiums to be provided to the participants with a corresponding reduction as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings.
In connection with these agreements, the Bank purchased single premium life insurance policies with cash surrender values totaling $9,766,000 and $9,428,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Income earned on these policies, net of expenses, totaled $338,000, $335,000 and $319,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Additionally, in December 2007 the Company recorded a gain of $63,000 related to death benefits on a former director. Income earned on these policies is not subject to Federal and State income tax.

 

F - 42


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
16.  
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Comprehensive income is reported in addition to net income for all periods presented. Comprehensive income is a more inclusive financial reporting methodology that includes disclosure of other comprehensive income (loss) that historically has not been recognized in the calculation of net income. The unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s available-for-sale investment securities are included in other comprehensive income (loss). Total comprehensive income and the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are presented in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity.
At December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company held securities classified as available-for-sale which had unrealized gains as follows:
                         
    Before     Tax
Benefit
    After  
    Tax     (Expense)     Tax  
For the Year Ended December 31, 2008
                       
 
                       
Total other comprehensive income:
                       
 
Unrealized holding gains
  $ 1,138,000     $ (470,000 )   $ 668,000  
Reclassification adjustment for impairment loss included in net income
    (415,000 )     171,000       (244,000 )
 
                 
 
                       
Total other comprehensive income
  $ 723,000     $ (299,000 )   $ 424,000  
 
                 
 
                       
For the Year Ended December 31, 2007
                       
 
                       
Total other comprehensive income:
                       
 
                       
Unrealized holding gains
  $ 996,000     $ (411,000 )   $ 585,000  
 
                 
 
                       
For the Year Ended December 31, 2006
                       
 
                       
Total other comprehensive income:
                       
 
                       
Unrealized holding gains
  $ 679,000     $ (280,000 )   $ 399,000  
 
                 

 

F - 43


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
17.  
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
During 2003, the Company acquired certain assets and liabilities of five branches from another bank. Upon acquisition, premises and equipment were valued at fair value and a core deposit premium was recorded as an intangible asset. This core deposit premium is amortized using the straight-line method over ten years. In addition, included in the gross carrying amount of intangible assets during 2007 and earlier years was $1,274,000 related to a previous acquisition which was fully amortized in 2008 and is no longer included in the carrying amount or accumulated amortization. Annually, the intangible asset is analyzed for impairment.
At December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, no impairment of the intangible asset has been recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Amortization expense totaled $216,000, $301,000 and $301,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The gross carrying amount of intangible assets and accumulated amortization was:
                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Gross Carrying     Accumulated     Gross Carrying     Accumulated  
    Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
Core Deposit Intangibles
  $ 1,709,000     $ 888,000     $ 2,983,000     $ 1,946,000  
The estimated remaining intangible amortization is as follows:
         
Year Ending December 31,        
2009
  $ 173,000  
2010
    173,000  
2011
    173,000  
2012
    173,000  
2013
    129,000  
 
     
 
  $ 821,000  
 
     

 

F - 44


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
18.  
PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
December 31, 2008 and 2007
                 
    2008     2007  
 
ASSETS
               
 
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 662,000     $ 698,000  
Investment in bank subsidiary
    44,672,000       46,345,000  
Other assets
    576,000       541,000  
 
           
 
               
Total assets
  $ 45,910,000     $ 47,584,000  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
 
               
Other liabilities
  $ 163,000     $ 135,000  
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
    10,310,000       10,310,000  
 
           
 
               
Total liabilities
    10,473,000       10,445,000  
 
           
 
               
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Common stock
    5,302,000       5,042,000  
Retained earnings
    29,818,000       32,204,000  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    317,000       (107,000 )
 
           
 
               
Total shareholders’ equity
    35,437,000       37,139,000  
 
           
 
               
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 45,910,000     $ 47,584,000  
 
           
CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Income:
                       
Dividends declared by bank subsidiary
  $ 3,000,000     $ 4,300,000          
Earnings from investment in Plumas Statutory Trusts I and II
    19,000       18,000     $ 24,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Total income
    3,019,000       4,318,000       24,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Expenses:
                       
Interest on junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
    623,000       835,000       810,000  
Other expenses
    730,000       765,000       793,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Total expenses
    1,353,000       1,600,000       1,603,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income of subsidiary
    1,666,000       2,718,000       (1,579,000 )
 
                       
Equity in undistributed (loss) income of subsidiary
    (1,911,000 )     896,000       6,183,000  
 
                 
 
                       
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (245,000 )     3,614,000       4,604,000  
 
                       
Income tax benefit
    549,000       609,000       598,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Net income
  $ 304,000     $ 4,223,000     $ 5,202,000  
 
                 

 

F - 45


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
18.  
PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 304,000     $ 4,223,000     $ 5,202,000  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Undistributed loss (income) of subsidiary
    1,911,000       (896,000 )     (6,183,000 )
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
            (9,000 )     (61,000 )
Stock-based compensation expense
    58,000       164,000       174,000  
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    (35,000 )     118,000       307,000  
Increase in other liabilities
    28,000       50,000       69,000  
 
                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    2,266,000       3,650,000       (492,000 )
 
                 
 
                       
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Payment of cash dividends
    (1,153,000 )     (1,491,000 )     (1,302,000 )
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
    68,000       73,000       181,000  
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
            9,000       61,000  
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
    (1,217,000 )     (2,400,000 )        
 
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (2,302,000 )     (3,809,000 )     (1,060,000 )
 
                 
 
                       
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (36,000 )     (159,000 )     (1,552,000 )
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    698,000       857,000       2,409,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 662,000     $ 698,000     $ 857,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Non-cash investing activities:
                       
Net change in unrealized gain/loss on investment securities available-for-sale
  $ 424,000     $ 585,000     $ 399,000  
 
                       
Non-cash financing activities:
                       
Common stock retired in connection with the exercise of stock options
          $ 70,000     $ 417,000  
 
                       
Tax benefit from stock options exercised
          $ 9,000     $ 61,000  

 

F - 46


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
19.  
SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On January 30, 2009 the Company entered into a Letter Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”), pursuant to which the Company issued and sold (i) 11,949 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and (ii) a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 237,712 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value (the “Common Stock”), for an aggregate purchase price of $11,949,000 in cash.
The Series A Preferred Stock will qualify as Tier 1 capital and will pay cumulative dividends quarterly at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years, and 9% per annum thereafter. The Company may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock at its liquidation preference ($1,000 per share) plus accrued and unpaid dividends under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, subject to the Treasury’s consultation with the Company’s appropriate federal regulator.
The Warrant has a 10-year term and is immediately exercisable upon its issuance, with an exercise price, subject to antidilution adjustments, equal to $7.54 per share of the Common Stock. Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Warrant.
The Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant were issued in a private placement exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Treasury can request the Company to register the Series A Preferred Stock, the Warrant and the shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrant (the “Warrant Shares”). Neither the Series A Preferred Stock nor the Warrant will be subject to any contractual restrictions on transfer, except that Treasury may only transfer or exercise an aggregate of one-half of the Warrant Shares prior to the earlier of the redemption of 100% of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock or December 31, 2009.
In the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed that, until such time as Treasury ceases to own any debt or equity securities of the Company acquired pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company will take all necessary action to ensure that its benefit plans with respect to its senior executive officers comply with Section 111(b) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) as implemented by any guidance or regulation under the EESA that has been issued and is in effect as of the date of issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant, and has agreed to not adopt any benefit plans with respect to, or which covers, its senior executive officers that do not comply with the EESA, and the applicable executives have consented to the foregoing. Furthermore, the Purchase Agreement allows Treasury to unilaterally amend the terms of the agreement.

 

F - 47


Table of Contents

PLUMAS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
19.  
SUBSEQUENT EVENT (Continued)
With respect to dividends on the Company’s common stock, Treasury’s consent shall be required for any increase in common dividends per share until the third anniversary of the date of its investment unless prior to such third anniversary the Series A Preferred Stock is redeemed in whole or the Treasury has transferred all of the Senior Preferred Series A Preferred Stock to third parties. Furthermore, with respect to dividends on certain other series of preferred stock, restrictions from Treasury may apply. The Company does not have any outstanding preferred stock other than the Series A Preferred Stock discussed above.
The Company allocated the proceeds received on January 30, 2009 between the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant based on the estimated relative fair value of each. The fair value of the Warrant was estimated based on a Black-Scholes-Merton model and totaled $320,000. The discount recorded on the Series A Preferred Stock was based on a discount rate of 12% and will be amortized by the level-yield method over 5 years.

 

F - 48


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.  
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
As of the end of the period covered by this report, we conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms. There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The management of Plumas Bancorp and subsidiary (the “Company”), is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Management, including the undersigned Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America as of December 31, 2008. In conducting its assessment, management used the criteria issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.
This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.
     
/s/ D. N. BIDDLE
 
Mr. Douglas N. Biddle
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
   
/s/ ANDREW RYBACK
 
Mr. Andrew J. Ryback
   
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
   
 
   
Dated March 18, 2009
   

 

52


Table of Contents

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by Items 10 can be found in Plumas Bancorp’s Definitive Proxy Statement pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and is by this reference incorporated herein.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by Items 11 can be found in Plumas Bancorp’s Definitive Proxy Statement pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and is by this reference incorporated herein.
ITEM 12.  
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by Items 12 can be found in Plumas Bancorp’s Definitive Proxy Statement pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and is by this reference incorporated herein.

 

53


Table of Contents

ITEM 13.  
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Items 13 can be found in Plumas Bancorp’s Definitive Proxy Statement pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and is by this reference incorporated herein.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Items 14 can be found in Plumas Bancorp’s Definitive Proxy Statement pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and is by this reference incorporated herein.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Exhibits
The following documents are included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10K.
3.1  
Articles of Incorporation as amended of Registrant included as exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Form S-4, File No.  333-84534, which is incorporated by reference herein.
 
3.2  
Bylaws of Registrant as amended on January 21, 2009.
 
3.3  
Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of Registrant dated November 1, 2002, is included as exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for September 30, 2005, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
3.4  
Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of Registrant dated August 17, 2005, is included as exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for September 30, 2005, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
4  
Specimen form of certificate for Plumas Bancorp included as exhibit 4 to the Registrant’s Form S-4, File No. 333-84534, which is incorporated by reference herein.
 
4.1  
Certificate of Determination of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, is included as exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s 8-K filed on January 30, 2009, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.1  
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Andrew J. Ryback dated December 17, 2008.
 
10.2  
Split Dollar Agreement of Andrew J. Ryback dated August 23, 2005, is included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on October 17, 2005, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.5  
Employment Agreement of Douglas N. Biddle dated February 18, 2009 is included as Exhibit 10.05 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on February 19, 2009, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.6  
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement as amended of Douglas N. Biddle dated June 2, 1994, is included as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.

 

54


Table of Contents

10.7  
Split Dollar Agreements of Douglas N. Biddle dated January 24, 2002, is included as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.8  
Director Retirement Agreement of John Flournoy dated March 21, 2007, is included as Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant’s 10-Q for March 31, 2007, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.11  
First Amendment to Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Robert T. Herr dated September 15, 2004, is included as Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on September 17, 2004, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.18  
Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement of Daniel E. West dated May 10, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.19  
Consulting Agreement of Daniel E. West dated May 10, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.20  
Split Dollar Agreements of Robert T. Herr dated September 15, 2004, is included as Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on September 17, 2004, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.21  
Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement of Alvin G. Blickenstaff dated April 19, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.22  
Consulting Agreement of Alvin G. Blickenstaff dated May 8, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.24  
Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement of Gerald W. Fletcher dated May 10, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.25  
Consulting Agreement of Gerald W. Fletcher dated May 10, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.27  
Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement of Arthur C. Grohs dated May 9, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.28  
Consulting Agreement of Arthur C. Grohs dated May 9, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.33  
Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement of Terrance J. Reeson dated April 19, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.33 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.34  
Consulting Agreement of Terrance J. Reeson dated May 10, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.35  
Letter Agreement, dated January 30, 2009 by and between Plumas Bancorp, Inc. and the United States Department of the Treasury and Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms attached thereto, is included as exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s 8-K filed on January 30, 2009, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.36  
Form of Senior Executive Officer letter agreement, is included as exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s 8-K filed on January 30, 2009, which is incorporated by this reference herein.

 

55


Table of Contents

10.40  
2001 Stock Option Plan as amended is included as exhibit 99.1 of the Form S-8 filed July 23, 2002, File No. 333-96957, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.41  
Form of Indemnification Agreement, is included as Exhibit 10.41 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.43  
Plumas Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan as amended is included as exhibit 99.1 of the Form S-8 filed February 14, 2003, File No. 333-103229, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.44  
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Robert T. Herr dated June 4, 2002, is included as Exhibit 10.44 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for March 31, 2003, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.46  
1991 Stock Option Plan as amended is included as Exhibit 10.46 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for September 30, 2004, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.47  
Specimen form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 1991 Stock Option Plan is included as Exhibit 10.47 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for September 30, 2004, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.48  
Specimen form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 1991 Stock Option Plan is included as Exhibit 10.48 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for September 30, 2004, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.49  
Amended and Restated Plumas Bancorp Stock Option Plan is included as Exhibit 10.49 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for September 30, 2006, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.50  
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Rose Dembosz.
 
10.51  
First Amendment to Split Dollar Agreement of Andrew J. Ryback.
 
10.52  
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Douglas N. Biddle dated December 17, 2008.
 
10.53  
Second Amendment to Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Douglas N. Biddle dated June 2, 1994 and Amended February 16, 2000.
 
10.54  
First Amendment to Addendum A of Split Dollar Agreements of Douglas N. Biddle dated January 24, 2002.
 
10.55  
First Amendment to Addendum B of Split Dollar Agreements of Douglas N. Biddle dated January 24, 2002.
 
10.56  
Second Amendment to Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Robert T. Herr dated June 4, 2002 and Amended September 15, 2004
 
10.57  
First Amendment to Split Dollar Agreements of Robert T. Herr dated September 15, 2004.
 
10.58  
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Robert T. Herr dated December 17, 2008.
 
10.64  
First Amendment to the Plumas Bank Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement for Alvin Blickenstaff adopted on September 19, 2007, is included as Exhibit 10.64 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on September 25, 2007, which is incorporated by this reference herein.

 

56


Table of Contents

10.65  
First Amendment to the Plumas Bank Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement for Arthur C. Grohs adopted on September 19, 2007, is included as Exhibit 10.65 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on September 25, 2007, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.67  
First Amendment to the Plumas Bank Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement for Terrance J. Reeson adopted on September 19, 2007, is included as Exhibit 10.67 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on September 25, 2007, which is incorporated by this reference herein..
 
10.69  
First Amendment to the Plumas Bank Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement for Daniel E. West adopted on September 19, 2007, is included as Exhibit 10.69 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on September 25, 2007, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
10.70  
First Amendment to the Plumas Bank Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement for Gerald W. Fletcher adopted on October 9, 2007, is included as Exhibit 10.70 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for September 30, 2007, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
 
11  
Computation of per share earnings appears in the attached 10-K under Item 8 Financial Statements Plumas Bancorp and Subsidiary Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements as Footnote 11 — Shareholders’ Equity.
 
21.01  
Plumas Bank — California.
 
21.02  
Plumas Statutory Trust I — Connecticut.
 
21.03  
Plumas Statutory Trust II — Connecticut.
 
23  
Independent Auditor’s Consent letter dated March 18, 2009.
 
31.1  
Rule 13a-14(a) [Section 302] Certification of Principal Financial Officer dated March 18, 2009.
 
31.2  
Rule 13a-14(a) [Section 302] Certification of Principal Executive Officer dated March 18, 2009.
 
32.1  
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 dated March 18, 2009.
 
32.2  
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 dated March 18, 2009.

 

57


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
PLUMAS BANCORP
(Registrant)

Date: March 18, 2009
 
 
  /s/ D. N. BIDDLE    
  Douglas N. Biddle   
  President/Chief Executive Officer    
     
  /s/ ANDREW RYBACK    
  Andrew J. Ryback   
  Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer    

 

58


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
     
/s/ DANIEL E. WEST
 
Daniel E. West, Director and Chairman of the Board
  Dated: March 18, 2009 
 
   
/s/ TERRANCE J. REESON
 
Terrance J. Reeson, Director and Vice Chairman of the Board
  Dated: March 18, 2009 
 
   
/s/ D. N. BIDDLE
 
Douglas N. Biddle, Director
  Dated: March 18, 2009 
 
   
/s/ ALVIN G. BLICKENSTAFF
 
Alvin G. Blickenstaff, Director
  Dated: March 18, 2009 
 
   
/s/ W. E. ELLIOTT
 
William E. Elliott, Director
  Dated: March 18, 2009 
 
   
/s/ GERALD W. FLETCHER
 
Gerald W. Fletcher, Director
  Dated: March 18, 2009 
 
   
/s/ JOHN FLOURNOY
 
John Flournoy, Director
  Dated: March 18, 2009 
 
   
/s/ ARTHUR C. GROHS
 
Arthur C. Grohs, Director
  Dated: March 18, 2009 
 
   
/s/ ROBERT J. MCCLINTOCK
 
Robert J. McClintock, Director
   Dated: March 18, 2009

 

59


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
         
Exhibit    
Number   Description
  3.1    
Articles of Incorporation as amended of Registrant included as exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Form S-4, File No. 333-84534, which is incorporated by reference herein.
       
 
  3.2    
Bylaws of Registrant as amended on January 21, 2009.
       
 
  3.3    
Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of Registrant dated November 1, 2002, is included as exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for September 30, 2005, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  3.4    
Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of Registrant dated August 17, 2005, is included as exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for September 30, 2005, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  4    
Specimen form of certificate for Plumas Bancorp included as exhibit 4 to the Registrant’s Form S-4, File No. 333-84534, which is incorporated by reference herein.
       
 
  4.1    
Certificate of Determination of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, is included as exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s 8-K filed on January 30, 2009, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.1    
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Andrew J. Ryback dated December 17, 2008.
       
 
  10.2    
Split Dollar Agreement of Andrew J. Ryback dated August 23, 2005, is included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on October 17, 2005, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.5    
Employment Agreement of Douglas N. Biddle dated February 18, 2009 is included as Exhibit 10.05 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on February 19, 2009, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.6    
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement as amended of Douglas N. Biddle dated June 2, 1994, is included as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.7    
Split Dollar Agreements of Douglas N. Biddle dated January 24, 2002, is included as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.8    
Director Retirement Agreement of John Flournoy dated March 21, 2007, is included as Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant’s 10-Q for March 31, 2007, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.11    
First Amendment to Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Robert T. Herr dated September 15, 2004, is included as Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on September 17, 2004, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.18    
Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement of Daniel E. West dated May 10, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.19    
Consulting Agreement of Daniel E. West dated May 10, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.

 

 


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Description
  10.20    
Split Dollar Agreements of Robert T. Herr dated September 15, 2004, is included as Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on September 17, 2004, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.21    
Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement of Alvin G. Blickenstaff dated April 19, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.22    
Consulting Agreement of Alvin G. Blickenstaff dated May 8, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.24    
Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement of Gerald W. Fletcher dated May 10, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.25    
Consulting Agreement of Gerald W. Fletcher dated May 10, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.27    
Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement of Arthur C. Grohs dated May 9, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.28    
Consulting Agreement of Arthur C. Grohs dated May 9, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.33    
Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement of Terrance J. Reeson dated April 19, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.33 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.34    
Consulting Agreement of Terrance J. Reeson dated May 10, 2000, is included as Exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.35    
Letter Agreement, dated January 30, 2009 by and between Plumas Bancorp, Inc. and the United States Department of the Treasury and Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms attached thereto, is included as exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s 8-K filed on January 30, 2009, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.36    
Form of Senior Executive Officer letter agreement, is included as exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s 8-K filed on January 30, 2009, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.40    
2001 Stock Option Plan as amended is included as exhibit 99.1 of the Form S-8 filed July 23, 2002, File No. 333-96957, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.41    
Form of Indemnification Agreement, is included as Exhibit 10.41 to the Registrant’s 10-QSB for June 30, 2002, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.43    
Plumas Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan as amended is included as exhibit 99.1 of the Form S-8 filed February 14, 2003, File No. 333-103229, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.44    
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Robert T. Herr dated June 4, 2002, is included as Exhibit 10.44 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for March 31, 2003, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.46    
1991 Stock Option Plan as amended is included as Exhibit 10.46 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for September 30, 2004, which is incorporated by this reference herein.

 

 


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Description
  10.47    
Specimen form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 1991 Stock Option Plan is included as Exhibit 10.47 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for September 30, 2004, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.48    
Specimen form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 1991 Stock Option Plan is included as Exhibit 10.48 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for September 30, 2004, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.49    
Amended and Restated Plumas Bancorp Stock Option Plan is included as Exhibit 10.49 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for September 30, 2006, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.50    
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Rose Dembosz.
       
 
  10.51    
First Amendment to Split Dollar Agreement of Andrew J. Ryback.
       
 
  10.52    
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Douglas N. Biddle dated December 17, 2008.
       
 
  10.53    
Second Amendment to Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Douglas N. Biddle dated June 2, 1994 and Amended February 16, 2000.
       
 
  10.54    
First Amendment to Addendum A of Split Dollar Agreements of Douglas N. Biddle dated January 24, 2002.
       
 
  10.55    
First Amendment to Addendum B of Split Dollar Agreements of Douglas N. Biddle dated January 24, 2002.
       
 
  10.56    
Second Amendment to Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Robert T. Herr dated June 4, 2002 and Amended September 15, 2004
       
 
  10.57    
First Amendment to Split Dollar Agreements of Robert T. Herr dated September 15, 2004.
       
 
  10.58    
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement of Robert T. Herr dated December 17, 2008.
       
 
  10.64    
First Amendment to the Plumas Bank Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement for Alvin Blickenstaff adopted on September 19, 2007, is included as Exhibit 10.64 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on September 25, 2007, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.65    
First Amendment to the Plumas Bank Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement for Arthur C. Grohs adopted on September 19, 2007, is included as Exhibit 10.65 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on September 25, 2007, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.67    
First Amendment to the Plumas Bank Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement for Terrance J. Reeson adopted on September 19, 2007, is included as Exhibit 10.67 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on September 25, 2007, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.69    
First Amendment to the Plumas Bank Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement for Daniel E. West adopted on September 19, 2007, is included as Exhibit 10.69 to the Registrant’s 8-K filed on September 25, 2007, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  10.70    
First Amendment to the Plumas Bank Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement for Gerald W. Fletcher adopted on October 9, 2007, is included as Exhibit 10.70 to the Registrant’s 10-Q for September 30, 2007, which is incorporated by this reference herein.
       
 
  11    
Computation of per share earnings appears in the attached 10-K under Item 8 Financial Statements Plumas Bancorp and Subsidiary Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements as Footnote 11 — Shareholders’ Equity.

 

 


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Description
  21.01    
Plumas Bank — California.
       
 
  21.02    
Plumas Statutory Trust I — Connecticut.
       
 
  21.03    
Plumas Statutory Trust II — Connecticut.
       
 
  23    
Independent Auditor’s Consent letter dated March 18, 2009.
       
 
  31.1    
Rule 13a-14(a) [Section 302] Certification of Principal Financial Officer dated March 18, 2009.
       
 
  31.2    
Rule 13a-14(a) [Section 302] Certification of Principal Executive Officer dated March 18, 2009.
       
 
  32.1    
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 dated March 18, 2009.
       
 
  32.2    
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 dated March 18, 2009.

 

 

Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED
BYLAWS
OF
PLUMAS BANCORP
JANUARY 21, 2009
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
SECTION 1.1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE. The principal executive office of the corporation is hereby located at such place as the board of directors (the “board”) shall determine. The board is hereby granted full power and authority to change said principal executive office from one location to another.
SECTION 1.2. OTHER OFFICES. Other business offices may, at any time, be established by the board at such other places as it deems appropriate.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
SECTION 2.1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of shareholders may be held at such place within or outside the state of California designated by the board. In the absence of any such designation, shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.
SECTION 2.2. ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held for the election of directors on a date and at a time designated by the board. The date so designated shall be within fifteen (15) months after the last annual meeting. At such meeting, directors shall be elected, and any other proper business within the power of the shareholders may be transacted.
SECTION 2.3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by the board, the chairperson of the board, the president, or by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at such meeting. If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the board, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or by registered mail to the chairperson of the board, the president, any vice president or the secretary of the corporation. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the shareholders entitled to vote that a meeting will be held at a time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than 35 nor more than 60 days after receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within 20 days after receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of shareholders called by action of the board may be held.
PLU-Bancorp Amended Bylaws-01-21-09

 

 


 

SECTION 2.4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice, in accordance with Section 2.5 of this Article II, of each annual or special meeting of shareholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat. Such notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and (a) in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted, and no other business may be transacted, or (b) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the board, at the time of the mailing of the notice, intends to present for action by the shareholders, but, subject to the provisions of applicable law, any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such action. The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall include the names of nominees intended at the time of the notice to be presented by the board for election.
If action is proposed to be taken at any meeting for approval of (a) a contract or transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest, pursuant to Section 310 of the California Corporations Code, as amended (the “Code”), (b) an amendment of the articles of incorporation, pursuant to Section 902 of the Code, (c) a reorganization of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1201 of the Code, (d) a voluntary dissolution of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1900 of the Code, or (e) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to Section 2007 of the Code, the notice shall also state the general nature of that proposal.
SECTION 2.5. MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE. Notice of a shareholders’ meeting shall be given either personally or by first-class mail or telegraphic or other written communication, charges prepaid, addressed to the shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice. If no such address appears on the corporation’s books or is given, notice shall be deemed to have been given if sent to that shareholder by first-class mail or telegraphic or other written communication to the corporation’s principal executive office or if published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county in which the principal executive office is located. Notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by telegram or other means of written communication. An affidavit of mailing or other means of giving any notice in accordance with the above provisions, executed by the secretary, assistant secretary or any transfer agent, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of the notice.
If any notice addressed to the shareholder at the address of such shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the shareholder at such address, all future notices shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if the same shall be available for the shareholder upon written demand of the shareholder at the principal executive office of the corporation for a period of one year from the date of the giving of the notice to all other shareholders.
SECTION 2.6. QUORUM. A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders. The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

 

2


 

SECTION 2.7. ADJOURNED MEETING AND NOTICE THEREOF. Any shareholders’ meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares represented either in person or by proxy at the meeting, but in the absence of a quorum (except as provided in Section 2.6 of this Article II) no other business may be transacted at such meeting. When any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. However, when any shareholders’ meeting is adjourned for more than 45 days from the date set for the original meeting, or, if after adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At any adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.
SECTION 2.8. VOTING. The shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote at any such meeting shall be only persons in whose name shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date determined in accordance with Section 2.9 of this Article II.
Voting of shares of the corporation shall in all cases be subject to the provisions of Sections 700 through 711, inclusive, of the Code.
The shareholders’ vote may be by voice or ballot; provided, however, that any election for directors must be by ballot if demanded by any shareholder before the voting has begun. On any matter other than election of directors, any shareholder may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or vote them against the proposal (other than the election of directors), but, if the shareholder fails to specify the number of shares which the shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the shareholder’s approving vote is with respect to all shares that the shareholder is entitled to vote. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on any matter (other than the election of directors) shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by the Code or by the articles of incorporation.
Subject to the following sentence and the provisions of Section 708 of the Code, every shareholder entitled to vote at any election of directors may cumulate such shareholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which the shareholder’s shares are entitled, or distribute the shareholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as the shareholder thinks fit. No shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes for any candidate or candidates pursuant to the preceding sentence unless such candidate’s or candidates’ names have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and the shareholder has given notice at the meeting and prior to the voting of the shareholder’s intention to cumulate the shareholder’s votes. If any one shareholder has given such notice, all shareholders may cumulate their votes for candidates in nomination.

 

3


 

In any election of directors, the candidates receiving the highest number of affirmative votes of the shares entitled to be voted for them, up to the number of directors to be elected, shall be elected. Votes against the director and votes withheld shall have no legal effect.
SECTION 2.9. RECORD DATE. The board may fix, in advance, a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, or allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action. The record date so fixed shall be not more than 60 days nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the meeting nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. When a record date is so fixed, only shareholders of record on that date are entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting or to receive the dividend, distribution, or allotment of rights, or to exercise rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of shares on the books of the corporation after the record date. A record date for a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the board fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting. The board shall fix a new record date if the meeting is adjourned for more than 45 days.
If no record date is fixed by the board, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given or, if notice is waived, the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining shareholders for any purpose other than as set forth in this Section 2.9 or Section 2.11 of this Article II shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board adopts the resolution relating thereto, or the sixtieth day prior to the date of such other action, whichever is later.
SECTION 2.10. CONSENT OF ABSENTEES. The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, however called and noticed, and wherever held, are as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons entitled to vote, who was not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice, or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at such meeting, except when the person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by the Code to be included in the notice but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of shareholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice, consent to the holding of the meeting or approval of the minutes of the meeting, except that if action is taken or proposed to be taken for approval of any of those matters specified in the second paragraph of Section 2.4 of this Article II, the waiver of notice, consent or approval shall state the general nature of the proposal.

 

4


 

SECTION 2.11. ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Subject to Section 603 of the Code, any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of the outstanding shares, or their proxies, having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records; provided, however, that (1) unless the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have been solicited in writing, notice of any shareholder approval without a meeting by less than unanimous consent shall be given, as provided by Section 603(b) of the Code, and (2) in the case of election of directors, such a consent shall be effective only if signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors; provided, however, that subject to applicable law, a director may be elected at any time to fill a vacancy on the board that has not been filled by the directors, by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors. Any written consent may be revoked by a writing received by the secretary of the corporation prior to the time that written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the secretary.
Unless a record date for voting purposes be fixed as provided in Section 2.9 of this Article II, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent pursuant to this Section 2.11, when no prior action by the board has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given.
SECTION 2.12. PROXIES. Every person entitled to vote shares or execute written consents has the right to do so either in person or by one or more persons authorized by a written proxy executed and dated by such shareholder and filed with the secretary of the corporation prior to the convening of any meeting of the shareholders at which any such proxy is to be used or prior to the use of such written consent. A validly executed proxy which does not state that it is irrevocable continues in full force and effect unless: (1) revoked by the person executing it prior to the vote pursuant thereto, by a writing delivered to the corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by a subsequent proxy executed by the person executing the prior proxy and presented to the meeting, or as to any meeting of shareholders, by attendance at such meeting and voting in person by the person executing the proxy; or (2) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of the proxy is received by the corporation before the vote pursuant thereto is counted; provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date of its execution unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
SECTION 2.13. INSPECTORS OF ELECTION. In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the board may appoint any persons other than nominees for office as inspectors of election to act at such meeting and any adjournment thereof. If no inspectors of election are so appointed, or if any persons so appointed fail to appear or refuse to act, the chairperson of any such meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or shareholder’s proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If inspectors are appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders or proxies, the holders of a majority of shares or their proxies present shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed.

 

5


 

The duties of such inspectors shall be as prescribed by Section 707(b) of the Code and shall include: determining the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each; determining the shares represented at the meeting; determining the existence of a quorum; determining the authenticity, validity and the effect of proxies; receiving votes, ballots or consents; hearing and determining all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote; counting and tabulating all votes or consents; determining when the polls shall close; determining the result; and doing such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. If there are three inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.
SECTION 2.14. CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. The president shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and shall conduct each such meeting in a businesslike and fair manner, but shall not be obligated to follow any technical, formal or parliamentary rules or principles of procedure. The presiding officer’s rulings on procedural matters shall be conclusive and binding on all shareholders, unless at the time of ruling a request for a vote is made to the shareholders entitled to vote and represented in person or by proxy at the meeting, in which case the decision of a majority of such shares shall be conclusive and binding on all shareholders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the presiding officer shall have all the powers usually vested in the presiding officer of a meeting of shareholders.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
SECTION 3.1. POWERS. Subject to the provisions of the Code and any limitations in the articles of incorporation and these bylaws relating to actions required to be approved by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board. The board may delegate the management of the day-to-day operations of the business of the corporation to a management company or other person provided that the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the board. Without prejudice to such general powers, but subject to the same limitations, it is hereby expressly declared that the board shall have the following powers in addition to the other powers enumerated in these bylaws:
(a)  
to select and remove all the other officers, agents and employees of the corporation, prescribe any qualifications, powers and duties for them that are consistent with law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, fix their compensation, and require from them security for faithful service;
(b)  
to conduct, manage and control the affairs and business of the corporation and to make such rules and regulations therefor not inconsistent with law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, as they may deem best;
(c)  
to adopt, make and use a corporate seal, to prescribe the forms of certificates of stock, and to alter the form of such seal and of such certificates from time to time as in their judgment they may deem best;
(d)  
to authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the corporation from time to time, upon such terms and for such consideration as may be lawful;

 

6


 

(e)  
to borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes of the corporation, and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor, in the corporate name, promissory and capital notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages, pledges, hypothecations or other evidences of debt and securities therefor and any agreements pertaining thereto;
(f)  
to prescribe the manner in which and the person or persons by whom any or all of the checks, drafts, notes, contracts and other corporate instruments shall be executed;
(g)  
to appoint and designate, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, one or more committees, each consisting of two or more directors, including the appointment of alternate members of any committee who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee; and
(h)  
generally, to do and perform every act or thing whatever that may pertain to or be authorized by the board of directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of this state.
SECTION 3.2. NUMBER AND QUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall not be less than eight (8) nor more than fifteen (15) until changed by an amendment of the articles of incorporation or by a bylaw amending this Section 3.2 duly adopted by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. The exact number of directors shall be fixed from time to time, within the range specified in the articles of incorporation or in this Section 3.2: (i) by a resolution duly adopted by the board; (ii) by a bylaw or amendment thereof duly adopted by the vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present, or by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; or (iii) by approval of the shareholders (as defined in Section 153 of the Code.
SECTION 3.3. NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS. Nominations for election of members of the board may be made by the board or by any holder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors. Notice of intention to make any nominations (other than for persons named in the notice of the meeting called for the election of directors) shall be made in writing and shall be delivered or mailed to the president of the corporation by the later of: (i) the close of business twenty-one (21) days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; or (ii) ten (10) days after the date of mailing of notice of the meeting to shareholders. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder: (a) the name and address of each proposed nominee; (b) the principal occupation of each proposed nominee; (c) the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation owned by each proposed nominee; (d) the name and residence address of the notifying shareholder; (e) the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation owned by the notifying shareholder; (f) the number of shares of capital stock of any bank, bank holding company, savings and loan association or other depository institution owned beneficially by the nominee or by the notifying shareholder and the identities and locations of any such institutions; and (g) whether the proposed nominee has ever been convicted of or pleaded nolo contendere to any criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust, filed a petition in bankruptcy or been adjudged bankrupt. The notification shall be signed by the nominating shareholder and by each nominee, and shall be accompanied by a written consent to be named as a nominee for election as a director from each proposed nominee. Nominations not made in accordance with these procedures shall be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and upon his or her instructions, the inspectors of election shall disregard all votes cast for each such nominee. The foregoing requirements do not apply to the nomination of a person to replace a proposed nominee who has become unable to serve as a director between the last day for giving notice in accordance with this paragraph and the date of election of directors if the procedure called for in this paragraph was followed with respect to the nomination of the proposed nominee.

 

7


 

A copy of the preceding paragraph shall be set forth in the notice to shareholders of any meeting at which directors are to be elected.
SECTION 3.4. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders, but if any annual meeting is not held or the directors are not elected thereat, the directors may be elected at any special meeting of shareholders held for that purpose. Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until a successor has been elected and qualified.
Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, for so long as the Corporation’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “ Designated Preferred Stock ”) is outstanding: (i) whenever, at any time or times, dividends payable on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been paid for an aggregate of six quarterly Dividend Periods (as defined in the Certificate of Determination for the Designated Preferred Stock) or more, whether or not consecutive, the authorized number of directors shall automatically be increased by two (but shall in no event be increased to a number of directors that is greater than the maximum number of directors set forth in Article III, Section 3.2 of these bylaws); and (ii) this sentence may not be modified, amended or repealed by the Corporation’s board of directors (or any committee thereof) or without the affirmative vote and approval of (x) the stockholders and (y) the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock outstanding at the time of such vote and approval.
SECTION 3.5. VACANCIES. Vacancies on the board, except for a vacancy created by the removal of a director, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until such director’s successor has been elected and qualified. A vacancy on the board created by the removal of a director may only be filled by the vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present, or by the written consent of the holders of all of the outstanding shares.
The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors. Any such election by written consent other than to fill a vacancy created by removal requires the consent of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.
Any director may resign effective upon giving written notice to the chairperson of the board, the president, secretary, or the board, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation. If the board accepts the resignation of a director tendered to take effect at a future time, the board or the shareholders shall have power to elect a successor to take office when the resignation is to become effective.

 

8


 

A vacancy or vacancies on the board shall be deemed to exist in case of the death, resignation or removal of any director, or if the authorized number of directors is increased, or if the shareholders fail, at any annual or special meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are elected, to elect the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at that meeting. The board may declare vacant the office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of the director’s term of office.
SECTION 3.6. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Regular or special meetings of the board shall be held at any place within or outside the state of California which has been designated in the notice of meeting or if there is no notice, at the principal executive office of the corporation, or at a place designated by resolution of the board or by the written consent of the board. Any regular or special meeting is valid wherever held if held upon written consent of all members of the board given either before or after the meeting and filed with the secretary of the corporation.
SECTION 3.7. REGULAR MEETINGS. Immediately following each annual meeting of shareholders, the board shall hold a regular meeting for the purpose of organization, any desired election of officers and the transaction of other business. Notice of this meeting shall not be required.
Other regular meetings of the board shall be held without notice on the third Wednesday of each month at the hour of 8:30 a.m., or at such different date and time as the board may from time to time fix by resolution; provided, however, should said day fall upon a legal holiday observed by the corporation at its principal executive office, then said meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding full business day of the corporation. Call and notice of all regular meetings of the board are hereby dispensed with.
SECTION 3.8. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board, the president, any vice president, the secretary or by any two directors.
Special meetings of the board shall be held upon four days’ written notice by mail or 48 hours’ notice delivered personally or by telephone, telegraph, telex or other similar means of communication. Any such notice shall be addressed or delivered to each director at the director’s address as shown upon the records of the corporation or as given to the corporation by the director for purposes of notice or, if such address is not shown on such records or is not readily ascertainable, at the place in which the meetings of the directors are regularly held. Such notice may, but need not, specify the purpose of the meeting, or the place if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.
Notice by mail shall be deemed to have been given at the time a written notice is deposited in the United States mails, postage prepaid. Any other written notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time it is personally delivered to the recipient or is delivered to a common carrier for transmission, or actually transmitted by the person giving the notice by electronic means or by facsimile transmission, to the recipient. Oral notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time it is communicated, in person or by telephone or wireless, to the recipient or to a person at the office of the recipient whom the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the recipient.

 

9


 

SECTION 3.9. QUORUM. A majority of the authorized number of directors constitutes a quorum of the board for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as hereinafter provided. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the board, unless a greater number be required by the articles of incorporation and subject to the provisions of Section 310 of the Code (as to approval of contracts or transactions in which a director has a direct or indirect material financial interest) and Section 317(e) of the Code (as to indemnification of directors). A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting.
SECTION 3.10. PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE. Members of the board may participate in a meeting through use of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all members participating in such meeting can hear one another. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.10 constitutes presence in person at such meeting.
SECTION 3.11. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes of the meeting, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, before the meeting or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
SECTION 3.12. ADJOURNMENT. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any directors’ meeting to another time and place. Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given, unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four hours, in which case notice of the time and place shall be given before the time of the adjourned meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.
SECTION 3.13. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board. Such action by written consent shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote of the board.
SECTION 3.14. FEES AND COMPENSATION. Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services, and such reimbursement for expenses, as may be fixed or determined by the board. This Section 3.14 shall not be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise, and receiving compensation for those services.

 

10


 

SECTION 3.15. RIGHTS OF INSPECTION. Every director of the corporation shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect and copy all books, records and documents of every kind and to inspect the physical properties of the corporation and also of its subsidiary corporations, domestic or foreign. Such inspection by a director may be made in person or by agent or attorney, and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.
SECTION 3.16. REMOVAL OF DIRECTOR WITHOUT CAUSE. Any or all of the directors of the corporation may be removed without cause if the removal is approved by the outstanding shares, subject to the following:
(a)  
Except if the corporation has a classified board, no director may be removed (unless the entire board is removed) when the votes cast against removal, or not consenting in writing to the removal, would be sufficient to elect the director if voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if the action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of the director’s most recent election were then being elected.
(b)  
When by the provisions of the articles the holders of the shares of any class or series, voting as a class or series, are entitled to elect one or more directors, any director so elected may be removed only by the applicable vote of the holders of the shares of that class or series.
(c)  
When the corporation has a classified board, a director may not be removed if the votes cast against removal of the director, or not consenting in writing to the removal, would be sufficient to elect the director if voted cumulatively (without regard to whether shares may otherwise be voted cumulatively) at an election at which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if the action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and either the number of directors elected at the most recent annual meeting of shareholders, or if greater, the number of directors for whom removal is being sought, were then being elected.
SECTION 3.17. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS BY SHAREHOLDER’S SUIT. The superior court of the proper county may, at the suit of the shareholders holding at least 10 percent of the number of outstanding shares of any class, remove from office any director in case of fraudulent or dishonest acts or gross abuse of authority or discretion with reference to the corporation and may bar from reelection any director so removed for a period prescribed by the court. The corporation shall be made a party to such action.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
SECTION 4.1. OFFICERS. The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board, a chairperson of the board, a vice chairperson of the board, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant financial officers and such other officers as may be elected or appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 of this Article IV. One person may hold two or more offices, except those of president and secretary.

 

11


 

SECTION 4.2. APPOINTMENT. The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 or Section 4.5 of this Article IV, shall be chosen by, and shall serve at the pleasure of, the board, and shall hold their respective offices until their resignation, removal or other disqualification from service, or until their respective successors shall be appointed, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.
SECTION 4.3. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The board may appoint, or may empower the president to appoint, such other officers as the business of the corporation may require, each to hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board may from time to time determine.
SECTION 4.4. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION. Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the board at any time, or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board.
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
SECTION 4.5. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these bylaws for regular appointment to such office.
SECTION 4.6. CHAIRPERSON. The chairperson of the board, if there shall be such an officer, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the board and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be assigned from time to time by the board.
SECTION 4.7. VICE CHAIRPERSON. The vice chairperson of the board, if there shall be such an officer, shall, in the absence of the chairperson of the board, preside at all meetings of the board and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be assigned from time to time by the board.
SECTION 4.8. PRESIDENT. Subject to such powers, if any, as may be given by the board to the chairperson of the board, if there shall be such an officer, the president is the general manager and chief executive officer of the corporation and has, subject to the control of the board, general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the corporation. The president shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and in the absence of both the chairperson of the board and the vice chairperson, or if there be none, at all meetings of the board. The president has the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president and chief executive officer of a corporation and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board.

 

12


 

SECTION 4.9. VICE PRESIDENT. In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the board or, if not ranked, the vice president designated by the board, shall perform all the duties of the president and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the bylaws, the board, the president or the chairperson of the board.
SECTION 4.10. SECRETARY. The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or such other place as the board may order, a book of minutes of all meetings of shareholders, the board and its committees, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice or waivers of notice thereof given, the names of those present at the board and committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.
The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, a copy of the bylaws of the corporation at the principal executive office or business office in accordance with Section 213 of the Code. The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, if one is appointed, a record of its shareholders, or a duplicate record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of shares held by each.
The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all the meetings of the shareholders, of the board and of any committees thereof required by these bylaws or by law to be given, shall keep the seal of the corporation in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board.
SECTION 4.11. ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The assistant secretary or the assistant secretaries, in the order of their seniority, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, or in the event of such officer’s refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall have such additional powers and discharge such duties as may be assigned from time to time by the president or by the board.
SECTION 4.12. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of the properties and financial and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings and shares, and shall send or cause to be sent to the shareholders of the corporation such financial statements and reports that by law or these bylaws are required to be sent to them. The books of account shall at all times be open to inspection by any director of the corporation.
The chief financial officer shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the board. The chief financial officer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all transactions engaged in as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board.

 

13


 

SECTION 4.13. ASSISTANT FINANCIAL OFFICER. The assistant financial officer or the assistant financial officers, in the order of their seniority, shall, in the absence or disability of the chief financial officer, or in the event of such officer’s refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer, and shall have such additional powers and discharge such duties as may be assigned from time to time by the president or by the board.
SECTION 4.14. SALARIES. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the board and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that such officer is also a director of the corporation.
SECTION 4.15. OFFICERS HOLDING MORE THAN ONE OFFICE. Any two or more offices, except those of president and secretary, may be held by the same person, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity.
SECTION 4.16. INABILITY TO ACT. In the case of absence or inability to act of any officer of the corporation and of any person herein authorized to act in his or her place, the board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer, or any director or other person whom it may select.
ARTICLE V
INDEMNIFICATION
SECTION 5.1. DEFINITIONS. For use in this Article V, certain terms are defined as follows:
(a)  
“Agent”: A director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or a person who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise (including service with respect to employee benefit plans and service on creditors’ committees with respect to any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, assignment for the benefit of creditors or other liquidation of assets of a debtor of the corporation), or a person who was a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of the predecessor corporation.
(b)  
“Loss”: All expenses, liabilities, and losses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, and any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed on any Agent as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Article.
(c)  
“Proceeding”: Any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding including any and all appeals, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

 

14


 

SECTION 5.2. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved (as a party, witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an Agent, is entitled to indemnification. Agent shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article V shall be a contract right. It is the corporation’s intention that these bylaws provide indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by Section 317 of the Code, as authorized by the corporation’s articles of incorporation.
SECTION 5.3. AUTHORITY TO ADVANCE EXPENSES. The right to indemnification provided in Section 5.2 of these bylaws shall include the right to be paid, in advance of a Proceeding’s final disposition, expenses incurred in defending that Proceeding, provided, however, that if required by the California General Corporation Law, as amended, the payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized under this Article V or otherwise. The Agent’s obligation to reimburse the corporation for advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.
SECTION 5.4. RIGHT OF CLAIMANT TO BRING SUIT. If a claim under Section 5.2 or 5.3 of these bylaws is not paid in full by the corporation within thirty (30) days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, the claimant may at any time there-after bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the California General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. The burden of proving such a defense shall be on the corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that the indemnification of the claimant is proper under the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the California General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not already met the applicable standard of conduct.
SECTION 5.5. PROVISIONS NONEXCLUSIVE. The rights conferred on any person by this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other rights that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the articles of incorporation, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. To the extent that any provision of the articles of incorporation, agreement, or vote of the shareholders or disinterested directors is inconsistent with these bylaws, the provision, agreement, or vote shall take precedence.
SECTION 5.6. AUTHORITY TO INSURE. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Agent against any Loss asserted against or incurred by such person, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the Agent against such Loss under applicable law or the provisions of this Article V. If the corporation owns all or a portion of the shares of the company issuing the insurance policy, the company and/or the policy must meet one of the two sets of conditions set forth in Section 317 of the Code.

 

15


 

SECTION 5.7. SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS. The rights provided by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person.
SECTION 5.8. SETTLEMENT OF CLAIMS. The corporation shall not be liable to indemnify any Agent under this Article V: (a) for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the corporation’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; or (b) for any judicial award, if the corporation was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action.
SECTION 5.9. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article V shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any Agent existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.
SECTION 5.10. SUBROGATION. Upon payment under this Article V, the corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Agent, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
SECTION 5.11. NO DUPLICATION OF PAYMENTS. The corporation shall not be liable under this Article V to make any payment in connection with any claim made against the Agent to the extent the Agent has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, agreement, vote or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.
ARTICLE VI
OTHER PROVISIONS
SECTION 6.1. INSPECTION OF CORPORATE RECORDS.
(a)  
A shareholder or shareholders of the corporation holding at least five percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation or who hold at least one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting shares and have filed a Schedule 14B with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the election of directors of the corporation shall have an absolute right to do either or both of the following:
  (i)  
inspect and copy the record of shareholders’ names and addresses and shareholdings during usual business hours upon five business days’ prior written demand upon the corporation; or

 

16


 

  (ii)  
obtain from the transfer agent, if any, for the corporation, upon written demand and upon the tender of its usual charges for such a list (the amount of which charges shall be stated to the shareholder by the transfer agent upon request), a list of the shareholders’ names and addresses who are entitled to vote for the election of directors and their shareholdings, as of the most recent record date for which it has been compiled, or as of a date specified by the shareholder subsequent to the date of demand. The corporation shall have a responsibility to cause the transfer agent to comply with this Section 6.1;
(b)  
The record of shareholders shall also be open to inspection and copying by any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any time during usual business hours upon written demand on the corporation, for a purpose reasonably related to such holder’s interest as a shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate. A written demand for such inspection shall be accompanied by a statement in reasonable detail of the purpose of the inspection.
(c)  
The accounting books and records and minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and the board and committees of the board shall be open to inspection upon written demand on the corporation by any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to such holder’s interest as a shareholder or as a holder of such voting trust certificate. The right of inspection created by this Section 6.1(c) shall extend to the records of each subsidiary of the corporation. A written demand for such inspection shall be accompanied by a statement in reasonable detail of the purpose of the inspection.
(d)  
Any inspection and copying under this Section 6.1 may be made in person or by agent or attorney.
SECTION 6.2. INSPECTION OF BYLAWS. The corporation shall keep at its principal executive office in California the original or a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, which shall be open to inspection by shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours.
SECTION 6.3. EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS, CONTRACTS. Subject to the provisions of applicable law, any note, mortgage, evidence of indebtedness, contract, share certificate, initial transaction statement or written statement, conveyance or other instrument in writing and any assignment or endorsement thereof executed or entered into between the corporation and any other person, when signed by the chairperson of the board, the president or any vice president and the secretary, any assistant secretary, the chief financial officer or any assistant financial officer of the corporation, or when stamped with a facsimile signature of such appropriate officers in the case of share certificates, shall be valid and binding upon the corporation in the absence of actual knowledge on the part of the other person that the signing officers did not have authority to execute the same. Any such instruments may be signed by any other person or persons and in such manner as from time to time shall be determined by the board, and unless so authorized by the board, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or amount.

 

17


 

SECTION 6.4. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK. Every holder of shares of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed in the name of the corporation by the chairperson or the vice chairperson of the board or the president or a vice president and by the secretary or an assistant secretary or the chief financial officer or an assistant financial officer, certifying the number of shares and the class or series of shares owned by the shareholder. The signatures on the certificates may be facsimile signatures. If any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed a certificate or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon the certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
Except as provided in this Section 6.4, no new certificate for shares shall be issued in lieu of an old certificate unless the latter is surrendered and canceled at the same time. The board may, however, in case any certificate for shares is alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, authorize the issuance of a new certificate in lieu thereof, and the corporation may require that the corporation be given a bond or other adequate security sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it (including any expense or liability) on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.
Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer in the stock transfer book of the corporation, the registered owner shall be treated as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner, except as expressly provided otherwise by the laws of the state of California.
SECTION 6.5. REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS. The president or any other officer or officers authorized by the board or the president are each authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or other securities of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the corporation. The authority herein granted may be exercised either by any such officer in person or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by said officer.
SECTION 6.6. SEAL. The corporate seal of the corporation shall consist of two concentric circles, between which shall be the name of the corporation, and in the center shall be inscribed the word “Incorporated” and the date of its incorporation.
SECTION 6.7. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the first day of January and end on the 31st day of December of each year.
SECTION 6.8. CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS. Unless the context otherwise requires, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions contained in the Code and the California General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

18


 

SECTION 6.9. BYLAW PROVISIONS CONTRARY TO OR INCONSISTENT WITH PROVISIONS OF LAW. Any article, section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause or phrase of these bylaws which, upon being construed in the manner provided in this Section 6.9, shall be contrary to or inconsistent with any applicable provision of the Code or other applicable laws of the state of California or of the United States shall not apply so long as said provisions of law shall remain in effect, but such result shall not affect the validity or applicability of any other portions of these bylaws, it being hereby declared that these bylaws would have been adopted and each article, section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause or phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more articles, sections, subsections, subdivisions, sentences, clauses or phrases is or are illegal.
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENTS
SECTION 7.1. AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS. New bylaws may be adopted or these bylaws may be amended or repealed by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that if the articles of incorporation of the corporation set forth the number of authorized directors of the corporation, the authorized number of directors may be changed only by an amendment of the articles of incorporation and provided also that a bylaw reducing the fixed number or the minimum number of directors to a number less than five cannot be adopted if the votes cast against adoption at a meeting, or the shares not consenting in the case of action by written consent, are equal to more than 16 2/3 percent of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.
SECTION 7.2. AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS. Subject to the rights of the shareholders as provided in Section 7.1 of this Article VII, bylaws, other than a bylaw specifying or changing a fixed number of directors or the maximum or minimum number or changing from a fixed to a variable board or vice versa, may be adopted, amended or repealed by the board.

 

19


 

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY
I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:
1.  
That I am the duly elected and acting secretary of Plumas, a California corporation; and
2.  
That the foregoing Bylaws, comprising 19 pages, constitute the Bylaws of Plumas Bancorp as duly adopted by action of the board of directors of Plumas Bancorp duly taken on January 21, 2009.
     
 
   
 
  Terrance J. Reeson, Secretary

 

20

Exhibit 10.1
PLUMAS BANK
EXECUTIVE SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement (Agreement) is entered into this 17th day of December, 2008, by and between Plumas Bank, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of California (the “Employer”), and Andrew J. Ryback, an individual residing in the State of California (hereinafter referred to as the “Executive”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Executive is in the employ of the Employer, and has faithfully served the Employer for many years. It is the consensus of the Board of Directors (Board) and its compensation committee that the Executive’s services have been of exceptional merit and an invaluable contribution to the profits and position of the Employer in its field of activity; and
WHEREAS, the Employer and the Executive are parties to that certain Executive Salary Continuation Agreement, dated August 23, 2005, which provides for the payment of certain benefits; and
WHEREAS, it is deemed to be in the best interests of the Employer to provide the Executive with certain salary continuation benefits, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, in order to reasonably induce the Executive to remain in the Employer’s employment; and
WHEREAS, section 885 of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 amended the Internal Revenue Code (Code) to add section 409A implementing detailed rules regarding deferred compensation; and
WHEREAS, Notice 2005-1 was subsequently issued by the Treasury Department providing additional guidance on transitioning a plan of deferred compensation, such as this Agreement, into compliance with Code section 409A. Notice 2005-1 announced that a deferred compensation plan subject to Code section 409A must be operated in good faith compliance with the provisions of Code section 409A and Notice 2005-1 during the 2005 calendar year. Supplemental guidance from the IRS has extended the good faith compliance period through December 31, 2008. Final Treasury Regulations were issued on April 10, 2007 and are effective January 1, 2009; and
WHEREAS, the Treasury Department issued Notice 2007-86 extending transitional guidance regarding Code section 409A whereby a plan may be amended by December 31, 2008 to provide new payment elections with respect to the time and form of payment of deferred compensation subject to section 409A and that such amendment will not be treated as a change in the time or form of payment under Code section 409A(a)(4) or an acceleration of a payment under section 409A(a)(3), provided the plan is so amended on or before December 31, 2008 and the amendment may only apply to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008 nor cause an amount to be paid in 2008 that would not otherwise be payable in 2008.

 

 


 

ACCORDINGLY, it is the desire of the Employer and the Executive to enter into this amended and restated Agreement in good faith compliance with the requirements of Code section 409A and the final Treasury regulations.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the services to be performed in the future, as well as the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the Executive and the Employer agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
ARTICLE I. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
1.01  
Administrator . The Employer shall be the “Administrator” and, solely for the purposes of ERISA, the “fiduciary” of this Agreement where a fiduciary is required by ERISA.
1.02  
Annual Benefit . The term “Annual Benefit” shall mean an annual sum of sixty-two thousand dollars ($62,000) multiplied by the Applicable Percentage (defined below) and then reduced to the extent required: (i) under the other provisions of this Agreement; (ii) by reason of the lawful order of any regulatory agency or body having jurisdiction over the Employer; and (iii) in order for the Employer to properly comply with any and all applicable state and federal laws, including, but not limited to, income, employment and disability income tax laws (e.g., FICA, FUTA, SDI).
1.03  
Applicable Percentage . The term “Applicable Percentage” shall mean that percentage listed on Schedule “A” attached hereto which is adjacent to the number of complete years (with a “year” being the performance of personal services for or on behalf of the Employer as an employee for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days) which have elapsed starting from the Effective Date of this Agreement and ending on the date payments are to first begin under the terms of this Agreement. In the event that Executive’s employment with Employer is terminated other than by reason of disability, Normal Retirement, Retirement or voluntary termination on the part of Executive, Executive shall be deemed for purposes of determining the number of complete years to have completed a year of service in its entirety for any partial year of service after the last anniversary date of the Effective Date during which the Executive’s employment is terminated.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

-2-


 

1.04  
Code . “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
1.05  
Disability/Disabled . The term “Disability” or “Disabled” shall mean the Executive: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees or directors of the Employer. Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees or directors of the Employer provided that the definition of “disability” applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of the preceding sentence. Upon the request of the plan administrator, the Executive must submit proof to the plan administrator of the Social Security Administration’s or the provider’s determination.
1.06  
Early Retirement Date . The term “Early Retirement Date” shall mean the Retirement (as defined below) of the Executive on a date which occurs after the date Executive reaches age sixty (60) and prior to the date Executive reaches age sixty-five (65).
1.07  
Effective Date . The term “Effective Date” shall mean the date upon which this Agreement was entered into by the parties, as first written above.
1.08  
ERISA . The term “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
1.09 Plan Year . The term “Plan Year” shall mean the Employer’s calendar year.
1.10  
Retirement/Retires . The term “Retirement” or “Retires” shall mean the date acknowledged in Executive’s written notice to the Employer of the Executive’s Termination of Employment.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

-3-


 

1.11  
Specified Employee . The term “Specified Employee” shall mean an employee who at the time of Termination of Employment is a key employee of the Employer, if any stock of the Employer is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, an employee is a key employee if the employee meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31 (the “identification period”). If the employee is a key employee during an identification period, the employee is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of April following the close of the identification period.
1.12  
Termination of Employment . “Termination of Employment” shall mean termination of the Executive’s employment with the Employer for reasons other than death or Disability. Whether a Termination of Employment has occurred is determined based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Employer and the Executive reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the Executive would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the Employer if the Executive has been providing services to the Employer less than thirty-six (36) months).
1.13  
Unforeseeable Emergency . The term “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall mean a severe financial hardship to the Executive resulting from an illness or accident of the Executive, the Executive’s spouse, the Beneficiary, or the Executive’s dependent (as defined in section 152(a) of the Code), loss of the Executive’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Executive.
ARTICLE II. SCOPE, PURPOSE AND EFFECT
2.01  
Contract of Employment . Although this Agreement is intended to provide the Executive with an additional incentive to remain in the employ of the Employer, this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Executive and the Employer nor shall any provision of this Agreement restrict or expand the right of the Employer to terminate the Executive’s employment. This Agreement shall have no impact or effect upon any separate written Employment Agreement which the Executive may have with the Employer, it being the parties’ intention and agreement that unless this Agreement is specifically referenced in said Employment Agreement (or any modification thereto), this Agreement (and the Employer’s obligations hereunder) shall stand separate and apart and shall have no effect upon, nor be affected by, the terms and provisions of said Employment Agreement.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

-4-


 

2.02  
Fringe Benefit . The benefits provided by this Agreement are granted by the Employer as a fringe benefit to the Executive and are not a part of any salary reduction plan or any arrangement deferring a bonus or a salary increase. The Executive has no option to take any current payments or bonus in lieu of the benefits provided by this Agreement.
ARTICLE III. PAYMENTS UPON OR AFTER RETIREMENT
3.01  
Payments Upon Retirement . If the Executive shall remain in the continuous employment of the Employer until attaining sixty-five (65) years of age, the Executive shall be entitled to be paid, as his normal retirement benefit, the Annual Benefit, as defined above, for a period of fifteen (15) years, in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first day of each month, beginning with the month following the month in which the Executive Retires.
3.02  
Payments in the Event of Death After Retirement . In the event of Executive’s death following Retirement, no death benefit shall be provided under this Agreement.
ARTICLE IV. PAYMENTS IN THE EVENT OF DEATH OR DISABILITY
OCCURS PRIOR TO RETIREMENT
4.01  
Payments in the Event of Death Prior to Retirement . In the event of Executive’s death prior to Retirement, no death benefit shall be provided under this Agreement.
4.02  
Payments in the Event of Disability Prior to Retirement . In the event the Executive becomes Disabled while actively employed by the Employer at any time after the date of this Agreement but prior to Retirement, the Executive shall: (i) continue to be treated during such period of Disability as being gainfully employed by the Employer, but shall not add applicable years of service for the purpose of determining the Annual Benefit; and (ii) be entitled to be paid the Annual Benefit for fifteen (15) years, as determined by the applicable years of service at the time of Disability in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first day of each month, beginning with the month following the earlier of (1) the month in which the Executive attains sixty-five (65) years of age; or (2) the date upon which the Executive is no longer entitled to receive disability benefits under the Executive’s principal disability insurance policy. Upon Executive’s death, no further payments will be made under this Article 4.02.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

-5-


 

ARTICLE V. PAYMENTS IN THE EVENT EMPLOYMENT IS TERMINATED
OTHER THAN BY DISABILITY, RETIREMENT OR A CHANGE IN CONTROL
OF THE EMPLOYER
5.01  
Payments in the Event Employment is Terminated Other than by Death, Disability, Retirement or a Change of Control of the Employer . As indicated in Article 2 above, the Employer reserves the right to terminate the Executive’s employment, with or without cause, but subject to any written employment agreement which may then exist, at any time prior to the Executive’s Retirement. In the event that the employment of the Executive shall be terminated for any reason, including voluntary Termination of Employment by the Executive, but other than by reason of Disability, Retirement, or a Change of Control of the Employer as set forth in Article 5.02, the Executive or his legal representative shall be entitled to be paid the Annual Benefit for a period of fifteen (15) years, as determined by the applicable years of service at the time of the Executive’s Termination of Employment with the Employer, in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first day of each month, beginning with the month following the month in which the Executive attains sixty-five (65) years of age.
5.02  
Termination of Employment in the Event of a Change of Control . A “Terminating Event” shall be defined as a change in the ownership or effective control of the Employer, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Employer, as such change is defined in section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.
In the event the Executive’s employment terminates with the Employer or Employer’s successor within twenty-four (24) months of a Terminating Event and the Executive gives written notice to the Employer or the Employer’s successor within thirty (30) calendar days of such Termination of Employment that the termination is for the reason that a Terminating Event has occurred, the Executive or his legal representative shall be entitled to be paid the Annual Benefit with the Applicable Percentage equal to one hundred percent (100%), for a period of fifteen (15) years, in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first day of each month, beginning with the month following the month in which the Executive terminates employment.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

-6-


 

The Executive and Employer acknowledge that limitations on deductibility of the Annual Benefit for federal income tax purposes may be imposed under, but not limited to section 280G of the Code, and any successor to section 280G of the Code. The increase in the Applicable Percentage pursuant to the application of this Article 5.02 shall be limited to such increase in the Applicable Percentage (which increase shall not result in the Applicable Percentage being greater than one hundred percent (100%)) that results in the greatest amount of the Annual Benefit that is deductible by the Employer for federal income tax purposes after taking into account all other compensation payments to or for the benefit of the Executive that are included in determining the deductibility of such payments under section 280G of the Code or any successor to section 280G of the Code. In the event that prior to the application of this Article 5.02, all other compensation payments to or for the benefit of Executive results in the limitation of the deductibility by Employer of such payments under section 280G or any successor to section 280G of the Code, then this Article 5.02 shall not be applicable.
ARTICLE VI. PAYMENTS IN THE EVENT THE EXECUTIVE
ELECTS EARLY RETIREMENT
The Executive shall have the right to elect to receive the Annual Benefit prior to attaining sixty-five (65) years of age if he chooses to Retire on a date which constitutes an Early Retirement Date as defined in Article 1.08 above. In the event the Executive elects to Retire on a date which constitutes an Early Retirement Date, the Executive shall be entitled to be paid the Annual Benefit for a period of fifteen (15) years determined by the applicable years of service at the time of early retirement, as defined above, in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first day of each month, beginning with the month following the month in which Early Retirement Date occurs.
ARTICLE VII.
7.01  
Hardship Distribution . The Employer may make a hardship distribution under the circumstances described in Article 7.02 below. Any such distribution shall require the adjustment described in Article 7.03 to any amounts to be paid under Articles 3, 4, 5 or 6.
7.02  
Application for and Amount of Hardship Distribution . If an Unforeseeable Emergency occurs, the Executive may petition the Board to receive a distribution from the Agreement (a “Hardship Distribution”). The Board, in its sole discretion, may grant such petition. If granted, the Executive shall receive, within sixty (60) days, a Hardship Distribution from the Agreement only to the extent deemed necessary by the Board to remedy the Unforeseeable Emergency, plus an amount necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution. In any event, the maximum amount which may be paid out pursuant to this Article is the vested Annual Benefit as of the day that the Executive petitioned the Board to receive a Hardship Distribution under this Article.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

-7-


 

7.03  
Benefit Adjustment . At the time of any Hardship Distribution, the vested Annual Benefit shall be reduced by the amount of the Hardship Distribution and the benefits to be paid under Articles 3, 4, 5 or 6 hereof shall reflect such reduced amount.
ARTICLE VIII.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee, the provisions of this Article shall govern any distributions hereunder, which would otherwise be made to the Executive due to a Termination of Employment. Such distributions shall not be made during the first six (6) months following Termination of Employment unless the Executive dies prior to the end of such six (6) month period. Rather, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh (7 th ) month following the Termination of Employment. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner otherwise specified herein.
ARTICLE IX.
If, pursuant to Code section 409A, the Federal Insurance Contributions Act or other State, local or foreign tax, the Executive becomes subject to tax on the amounts deferred hereunder, then the Employer may make a limited distribution to the Executive in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(j)(vi), (vii) and (xi). Any such distribution will decrease the Executive’s benefit hereunder.
ARTICLE X.
Except as provided in Article 15.13, all changes in the form or timing of distributions hereunder must be made by written amendment to this Agreement and must comply with the following requirements. The changes:
  (a)  
may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Code section 409A and the regulations thereunder;
  (b)  
must, for benefits distributable under Articles 3 and 6, be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the first scheduled distribution;
  (c)  
must, for benefits distributable under Articles 3, 5 and 6, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
  (d)  
must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the election is made.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

-8-


 

ARTICLE XI. RIGHT TO DETERMINE FUNDING METHODS
The Employer reserves the right to determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, whether, to what extent and by what method, if any, to provide for the payment of the amounts which may be payable to the Executive or the Executive’s beneficiaries under the terms of this Agreement. In the event that the Employer elects to fund this Agreement, in whole or in part, through the use of life insurance or annuities, or both, the Employer shall determine the ownership and beneficial interests of any such policy of life insurance or annuity. The Employer further reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate any such policy, and any other device used to fund its obligations under this Agreement, at any time, in whole or in part. Consistent with Article 13 below, neither the Executive, the Executive’s spouse nor the Executive’s beneficiaries shall have any right, title or interest in or to any funding source or amount utilized by the Employer pursuant to this Agreement, and any such funding source or amount shall not constitute security for the performance of the Employer’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement. In connection with the foregoing, the Executive agrees to execute such documents and undergo such medical examinations or tests which the Employer may request and which may be reasonably necessary to facilitate any funding for this Agreement including, without limitation, the Employer’s acquisition of any policy of insurance or annuity. Furthermore, a refusal by the Executive to consent to, participate in and undergo any such medical examinations or tests shall result in the immediate termination of this Agreement and the immediate forfeiture by the Executive and the Executive’s beneficiaries of any and all rights to payment hereunder.
ARTICLE XII. CLAIMS PROCEDURE
The Employer shall, but only to the extent necessary to comply with ERISA, be designated as the named fiduciary under this Agreement and shall have authority to control and manage the operation and administration of this Agreement. Consistent therewith, the Employer shall make all determinations as to the rights to benefits under this Agreement. Any decision by the Employer denying a claim by the Executive or the Executive’s beneficiary for benefits under this Agreement shall be stated in writing and delivered or mailed, via registered or certified mail, to the Executive, the Executive’s spouse or the Executive’s beneficiary, as the case may be. Such decision shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial of a claim. In addition, the Employer shall provide the Executive or the Executive’s beneficiary with a reasonable opportunity for a full and fair review of the decision denying such claim.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

-9-


 

ARTICLE XIII. STATUS OF AN UNSECURED GENERAL CREDITOR
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary: (i) neither the Executive, the Executive’s spouse or the Executive’s beneficiary shall have any legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in or to any specific property or assets of the Employer; (ii) none of the Employer’s assets shall be held in or under any trust for the benefit of the Executive or the Executive’s beneficiary or held in any way as security for the fulfillment of the obligations of the Employer under this Agreement; (iii) all of the Employer’s assets shall be and remain the general unpledged and unrestricted assets of the Employer; (iv) the Employer’s obligation under this Agreement shall be that of an unfunded and unsecured promise by the Employer to pay money in the future; and (v) the Executive and the Executive’s beneficiary shall be unsecured general creditors with respect to any benefits which may be payable under the terms of this Agreement.
ARTICLE XIV. COVENANT NOT TO INTERFERE
The Executive agrees not to take any action which prevents the Employer from collecting the proceeds of any life insurance policy which the Employer may happen to own at the time of the Executive’s death and of which the Employer is the designated beneficiary.
ARTICLE XV. MISCELLANEOUS
15.01  
Opportunity to Consult with Independent Counsel . The Executive acknowledges that he has been afforded the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of his choosing regarding both the benefits granted to him under the terms of this Agreement and the terms and conditions which may affect the Executive’s right to these benefits. The Executive further acknowledges that he has read, understands and consents to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and that he enters into this Agreement with a full understanding of its terms and conditions.
15.02  
Arbitration of Disputes . All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach or interpretation thereof, other than those matters which are to be determined by the Employer in its sole and absolute discretion, shall be resolved by binding arbitration before a representative member, selected by the mutual agreement of the parties, of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), presently located at 111 Pine Street, Suite 710, San Francisco, California. In the event JAMS is unable or unwilling to conduct the arbitration provided for under the terms of this paragraph, or has discontinued its business, the parties agree that a representative member, selected by the mutual agreement of the parties, of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), presently located at 417 Montgomery Street,
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

-10-


 

San Francisco, California, shall conduct the binding arbitration referred to in this paragraph. Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to this Agreement and with JAMS (or AAA, if necessary). In no event shall the demand for arbitration be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. The arbitration shall be subject to such rules of procedure used or established by JAMS, or if there are none, the rules of procedure used or established by AAA. Any award rendered by JAMS or AAA shall be final and binding upon the parties, and as applicable, their respective heirs, beneficiaries, legal representatives, agents, successors and assigns, and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The obligation of the parties to arbitrate pursuant to this clause shall be specifically enforceable in accordance with, and shall be conducted consistently with, the provisions of Title 9 of Part 3 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Any arbitration hereunder shall be conducted in Northern California, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties.
15.03  
Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any arbitration or litigation concerning any controversy, claim or dispute between the parties hereto, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach hereof, or the interpretation hereof, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the losing party reasonable expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection therewith or in the enforcement or collection of any judgment or award rendered therein. The “prevailing party” means the party determined by the arbitrator(s) or court, as the case may be, to have most nearly prevailed, even if such party did not prevail in all matters, not necessarily the one in whose favor a judgment is rendered.
15.04  
Notice . Any notice required or permitted of either the Executive or the Employer under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given, if by personal delivery, upon the date received by the party or its authorized representative; if by facsimile, upon transmission to a telephone number previously provided by the party to whom the facsimile is transmitted as reflected in the records of the party transmitting the facsimile and upon reasonable confirmation of such transmission; and if by mail, on the third day after mailing via U.S. first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed to the party at the address given below for the receipt of notices, or such changed address as may be requested in writing by a party.
     
If to the Employer:
  Plumas Bank
 
  35 S. Lindan Ave.
 
  Quincy, CA 95971
 
  Attn: Mr. Daniel E. West
 
   
If to the Executive:
  Andrew J. Ryback
 
  5026 Chandler Road
 
  Quincy CA 95971
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

-11-


 

15.05  
Assignment . Neither the Executive nor any other beneficiary under this Agreement shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, hypothecate, modify or otherwise encumber any part or all of the amounts payable hereunder, nor, prior to payment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall any portion of such amounts be: (i) subject to seizure by any creditor of any such beneficiary, by a proceeding at law or in equity, for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance obligations which may be owed by the Executive, the Executive’s spouse, or any designated beneficiary; or (ii) transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise. Any such attempted assignment or transfer shall be void and shall terminate this Agreement, and the Employer shall thereupon have no further liability hereunder.
15.06  
Binding Effect/Merger or Reorganization . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Executive and the Employer and, as applicable, their respective heirs, beneficiaries, legal representatives, agents, successors and assigns. Accordingly, the Employer shall not merge or consolidate into or with another corporation, or reorganize or sell substantially all of its assets to another corporation, firm or person, unless and until such succeeding or continuing corporation, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Employer under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Employer” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to such surviving or successor firm, person, entity or corporation.
15.07  
Nonwaiver . The failure of either party to enforce at any time or for any period of time anyone or more of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not be a waiver of such term(s) or condition(s) or of that party’s right thereafter to enforce each and every term and condition of this Agreement.
15.08  
Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision, covenant or condition of this Agreement is determined by an arbitrator or a court, as the case may be, to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, such determination shall not render any other term, provision, covenant or condition invalid, void or unenforceable, and the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such partial invalidity.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

-12-


 

15.09  
Entire Agreement . This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and contains all of the covenants and agreements between the parties with respect thereto. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no other representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which are not set forth herein, and that no other agreement, statement or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding on either party.
15.10  
Amendments . Except as otherwise provided in this Article or Articles 15.14 and 15.15, below, this Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Employer and the Executive. However, the Employer may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Employer from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation section 409A of the Code and any and all Treasury regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.
15.11  
Paragraph Headings . The paragraph headings used in this Agreement are included solely for the convenience of the parties and shall not affect or be used in connection with the interpretation of this Agreement.
15.12  
No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any person.
15.13  
Governing Law . The laws of the State of California, other than those laws denominated choice of law rules, and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of: (i) the California Department of Financial Institutions; (ii) the Board of Governors of Federal Reserve System; (iii) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; or (iv) any other regulatory agency or governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Employer, shall govern the validity, interpretation, construction and effect of this Agreement.
15.14  
Plan Termination Generally . Except as otherwise provided in Article 15.15, this Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Employer and the Executive. The benefit hereunder shall be the vested Annual Benefit as of the date the Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Article 15.15, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, after such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Articles 3, 4, 5 or 6.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

-13-


 

15.15  
Plan Terminations Under Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement may be terminated by the Employer or its successor, and distributions hereunder accelerated as provided below in the following circumstances:
  (a)  
Within thirty (30) days before or twelve (12) months after a change in the ownership or effective control of the Employer, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Employer as described in section 409A(2)(A)(v) of the Code, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Employer’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the such terminations;
  (b)  
Upon the Employer’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of: (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or
  (c)  
Upon the Employer’s termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-1(c) if the Executive participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangements”), provided that: (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Employer, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Employer does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Employer takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement;
the Employer may distribute the vested Annual Benefit, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

-14-


 

15.16  
Compliance with Code Section 409A . This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered consistent with Code section 409A.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer and the Executive have executed this Agreement on the date first above-written in the City of Quincy, Plumas County, California.
         
THE EMPLOYER:
  THE EXECUTIVE:    
 
       
PLUMAS BANK
       
A California Corporation
       
 
       
/s/ Daniel E. West
  /s/ Andrew J. Ryback    
 
Daniel E. West
 
 
Andrew J. Ryback
   
Chairman of the Board
       
 
       
/s/ Terrence J. Reeson
       
 
Terrence J. Reeson
       
Vice-Chairman of the Board
       
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

-15-


 

SCHEDULE A
         
NUMBER OF COMPLETED      
YEARS OF SERVICE   APPLICABLE  
WHICH HAVE ELAPSED   PERCENTAGE  
 
       
1
    4.5 %
2
    9.0 %
3
    13.5 %
4
    18.0 %
5
    22.5 %
6
    27.0 %
7
    31.5 %
8
    36.0 %
9
    41.5 %
10
    45.0 %
11
    49.5 %
12
    54.0 %
13
    58.5 %
14
    63.0 %
15
    67.5 %
16
    72.0 %
17
    76.5 %
18
    81.0 %
19
    85.5 %
20
    90.0 %
21
    92.0 %
22
    94.0 %
23
    96.0 %
24
    98.0 %
25 or more years
    100 %
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

-16-

Exhibit 10.50
PLUMAS BANK
Salary Continuation Agreement
PLUMAS BANK
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT
This SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is adopted this 1st day of April, 2008, by and between PLUMAS BANK, a California corporation located in Quincy, California (the “Bank”), and Rose Dembosz (the “Executive”).
The purpose of this Agreement is to memorialize specified salary continuation benefits that were previously authorized by the Bank’s board of directors for the Executive, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Bank. This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended from time to time.
The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 added new section 409A to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (Code Section 409A), which imposes additional requirements on nonqualified deferred compensation amounts that are deferred or vested after December 31, 2004.
The salary continuation benefits set forth in this Agreement are considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A.
On April 10, 2007, the United States Department of the Treasury issued final regulations under Internal Revenue Code (Code) section 409A, effective January 1, 2009.
This Agreement is intended to comply with the final regulations under Code section 409A.
Article 1
Definitions
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:
1.1  
Accrual Balance ” means the liability that should be accrued by the Bank, under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), for the Bank’s obligation to the Executive for the Normal Retirement Benefit under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion Number 12 as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Number 106 and the Discount Rate as of the last day of the month prior to Separation from Service or as of the end of the month preceding the Executive’s death, as the case may be. Any one of a variety of amortization methods may be used to determine the Accrual Balance. Once chosen, the method must be consistently applied.

 

 


 

1.2  
Beneficiary ” means each designated person or entity, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to any benefits upon the death of the Executive pursuant to Article 4.
1.3  
Beneficiary Designation Form ” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
1.4  
Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Bank as from time to time constituted.
1.5  
Change in Control ” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank, as such change is defined in Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.
1.6  
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all regulations and guidance thereunder.
1.7  
Discount Rate ” means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The initial Discount Rate is six percent (6%). However, the Plan Administrator shall adjust the Discount Rate in order to maintain the Discount Rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP and/or applicable bank regulatory guidance, as passed on by the Bank’s independent auditor engaged to audit the financial statements of the Bank. The Discount Rate will be reviewed at least annually, and if and when changed will be applicable as to the determination of a benefit calculation under this Agreement on a prospective basis only. Executive acknowledges that a change in the Discount Rate may increase or decrease the Accrual Balance which may affect her benefits hereunder.
1.8  
Early Termination ” means Separation from Service before attainment of Normal Retirement Age except when such Separation from Service occurs within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control or due to death or Termination for Cause.
1.9  
Effective Date ” means April 1, 2008.
1.10  
Normal Retirement Age ” means the Executive’s age sixty-five (65).
1.11  
Plan Administrator ” means the Board or such committee or person as the Board shall appoint.
1.12  
Plan Year ” means each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement and end on the following December 31.
1.13  
Schedule A ” means the schedule attached to this Agreement and made a part hereof illustrating the current calculation of Executive’s benefits under this Agreement. Schedule A shall be updated upon a change in any of the benefits under Articles 2 or 3 as a result of a change in the Discount Rate.

 

 


 

1.14  
Separation from Service ” means termination of the Executive’s employment with the Bank for reasons other than death. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred is determined in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the Executive would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the Bank if the Executive has been providing services to the Bank less than thirty-six (36) months).
1.15  
Specified Employee ” means an employee who at the time of Separation from Service is a key employee of the Bank, if any stock of the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, an employee is a key employee if the employee meets the requirements of Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31 (the “identification period”). If the employee is a key employee during an identification period, the employee is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of April following the close of the identification period.
1.16  
Termination for Cause ” means Separation from Service for:
  (a)  
Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Bank;
  (b)  
Conviction of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Bank; or
  (c)  
Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment and resulting in a material adverse effect on the Bank.
Article 2
Distributions During Lifetime
2.1  
Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon Separation from Service after attaining Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.
  2.1.1  
Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is Sixty-Two Thousand Dollars ($62,000).
  2.1.2  
Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Executive for fifteen (15) years.

 

 


 

2.2  
Early Termination Benefit . If Early Termination occurs, the Bank shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.
  2.2.1  
Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Accrual Balance calculated as of the last day of the month prior to Separation from Service. An illustration of the year-end Accrual Balance using the current Discount Rate is set forth in Schedule A.
  2.2.2  
Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Normal Retirement Age. The Accrual Balance shall continue to accrue earnings at the Discount Rate until all monthly installments are completely distributed.
2.3  
Change in Control Benefit . If a Change in Control occurs followed within twenty-four (24) months by Separation from Service, the Bank shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.
  2.3.1  
Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Normal Retirement Benefit amount described in 2.1.1.
  2.3.2  
Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Executive for fifteen (15) years.
2.4  
Restriction on Commencement of Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee at the time of her Separation from Service the provisions of this Section 2.4 shall govern distributions on account of such Executive’s Separation from Service. If benefit distributions which would otherwise be made to the Executive due to Separation from Service are limited because the Executive is a Specified Employee, then such distributions shall not be made during the first six (6) months following Separation from Service. Rather, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.
2.5  
Distributions Upon Taxation of Amounts Deferred . If, pursuant to Code Section 409A, the Federal Insurance Contributions Act or other state, local or foreign tax laws, the Executive becomes subject to tax on the amounts deferred hereunder, then the Bank may make a limited distribution to the Executive in a manner that conforms to the requirements of Code section 409A. Any such distribution will decrease the Executive’s benefits distributable under this Agreement.

 

 


 

2.6  
Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . For distribution of benefits under this Article 2, the Executive and the Bank may, subject to the terms of Section 8.1, amend this Agreement to delay the timing or change the form of distributions. Any such amendment:
  (a)  
may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Code Section 409A;
  (b)  
must, for benefits distributable under Section 2.2, be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the first scheduled distribution;
  (c)  
must, for benefits distributable under Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
  (d)  
must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the amendment is made.
Article 3
Distribution at Death
3.1  
Death During Active Service . If the Executive dies prior to Separation from Service, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be distributed in lieu of any benefit under Article 2.
  3.1.1  
Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 3.1 is the Executive’s Accrual Balance calculated as of the end of the month preceding the Executive’s death. An illustration of the year-end Accrual Balance using the current Discount Rate is set forth in Schedule A.
  3.1.2  
Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the benefit to the Beneficiary in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the fourth month following the Executive’s death. The Accrual Balance shall continue to accrue earnings at the Discount Rate until the installments are completely distributed. The Beneficiary shall be required to provide the Executive’s death certificate to the Bank.
3.2  
Death During Distribution of a Benefit . If the Executive dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such distributions, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been distributed to the Executive had the Executive survived.
3.3  
Death Before Benefit Distributions Commence . If the Executive is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement but dies prior to the date of commencement of said benefit distributions, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits to which the Executive was entitled prior to death, except that the benefit distributions shall be paid in the manner specified in Section 3.1.2 and shall commence on the first day of the fourth month following the Executive’s death.

 

 


 

Article 4
Beneficiaries
4.1  
In General . The Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefit distributions under this Agreement upon the death of the Executive. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designated under any other plan of the Bank in which the Executive participates.
4.2  
Designation . The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. If the Executive names someone other than the Executive’s spouse as a Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, determine that spousal consent is required to be provided in a form designated by the Plan Administrator, executed by the Executive’s spouse and returned to the Plan Administrator. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. However, nothing in the foregoing sentence shall preclude the Executive from executing a new Beneficiary Designation Form after the date the marriage is dissolved that names her former spouse as a Beneficiary. The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Executive’s death.
4.3  
Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
4.4  
No Beneficiary Designation . If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Executive has no surviving spouse, any benefit shall be paid to the Executive’s estate.
4.5  
Facility of Distribution . If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be distributed to a minor, to a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such individual. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Executive and the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall completely discharge any liability under this Agreement for such distribution amount.

 

 


 

Article 5
General Limitations
5.1  
Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive’s employment with the Bank is terminated by the Bank or an applicable regulator due to a Termination for Cause.
5.2  
Suicide or Misstatement . No benefit shall be distributed if the Executive commits suicide within two (2) years after the Effective Date, or if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Executive and owned by the Bank denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Executive on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.
5.3  
Removal . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive is subject to a final removal or prohibition order issued by an appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
5.4  
Golden Parachute Indemnification Payments . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, shall be conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. 1828 and FDIC Regulation 12 CFR Part 359, Golden Parachute Indemnification Payments and any other regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.
Article 6
Administration of Agreement
6.1  
Plan Administrator Duties . The Plan Administrator shall administer this Agreement according to its terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with this Agreement to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Code Section 409A.
6.2  
Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as the Plan Administrator sees fit, including acting through a duly appointed representative, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

 

 


 

6.3  
Binding Effect of Decisions . Any decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation or application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Agreement.
6.4  
Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator.
6.5  
Bank Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the Executive’s death or Separation from Service, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.
6.6  
Annual Statement . The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Executive, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the benefits accrued to date under this Agreement.
Article 7
Claims And Review Procedures
7.1  
Claims Procedure . An Executive or Beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be distributed shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:
  7.1.1  
Initiation — Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Plan Administrator a written claim for the benefits. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the claimant. All other claims must be made within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant.
  7.1.2  
Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

 


 

  7.1.3  
Notice of Decision . If the Plan Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:
  (a)  
The specific reasons for the denial;
  (b)  
A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;
  (c)  
A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;
  (d)  
An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and
  (e)  
A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.
7.2  
Review Procedure . If the Plan Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator of the denial as follows:
  7.2.1  
Initiation — Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Plan Administrator’s notice of denial, must file with the Plan Administrator a written request for review.
  7.2.2  
Additional Submissions — Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.
  7.2.3  
Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Plan Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
  7.2.4  
Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

 


 

  7.2.5  
Notice of Decision . The Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:
  (a)  
The specific reasons for the denial;
  (b)  
A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;
  (c)  
A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and
  (d)  
A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).
Article 8
Amendments and Termination
8.1  
Amendments . Except as provided below under Sections 8.2 and 8.3, this Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. However, the Bank may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Bank from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation Code Section 409A.
8.2  
Plan Termination Generally . Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.3, this Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. The benefit upon termination shall be the Accrual Balance as of the date this Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Section 8.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.
8.3  
Plan Terminations Under Code Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.2:
  (a)  
This Agreement may be terminated at any time by the Bank in its sole and absolute discretion under the following circumstances, provided, however, that the Bank shall continue to be obligated to pay the benefits under the Agreement with respect to compensation which the Executive and the Bank had deferred prior to the termination of the Agreement, in accordance with the terms of the Agreement as in effect immediately prior to such termination.

 

 


 

  (b)  
The Bank’s discretionary termination of this Agreement under one of the following circumstances may result in the acceleration of the time and form of payment to Executive, where the right to payment arises in connection with the Bank’s discretionary termination of the Agreement:
  1.  
Within twelve (12) months following a corporate dissolution taxed under Code section 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to section 503(b)(1)(A) of Title 11 of the United States Code, provided that Executive’s benefits under the Agreement are included in Executive’s income on the latest of:
  a.  
The calendar year in which the Agreement terminates;
 
  b.  
The calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or
 
  c.  
The first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable;
  2.  
Within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change In Control, provided that all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Bank are terminated, such that Executive and all other participants under substantially similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of termination of the arrangements;
  3.  
Where the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank and;
  a.  
All arrangements sponsored by the Bank, that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Treasury regulations section 1.409A-1(c) if Executive participated in all of the arrangements, are terminated;
 
  b.  
No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangements if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements;
 
  c.  
All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of the termination of the arrangements; and
 
  d.  
The Bank does not adopt a new arrangement, that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Treasury regulations section 1.409A-1(c) if Executive participated in both arrangements, at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of the Agreement;
  4.  
Upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service may prescribe in generally applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
  (d)  
If not terminated at an earlier date, this Agreement shall terminate as of the earliest date on which the Bank’s obligations to the Executive and the Executives’ Beneficiaries have been satisfied.

 

 


 

Article 9
Miscellaneous
9.1  
Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.
9.2  
No Guarantee of Employment . This Agreement is not a contract for employment. It does not give the Executive the right to remain as an employee of the Bank nor interfere with the Bank’s right to discharge the Executive. It does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.
9.3  
Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.
9.4  
Tax Withholding and Reporting . The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including but not limited to taxes owed under Code Section 409A from the benefits provided under this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that the Bank’s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities. The Bank shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Code Section 409A.
9.5  
Applicable Law . This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
9.6  
Unfunded Arrangement . The Executive and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to distribute such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Bank to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.
9.7  
Reorganization . The Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Bank under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such an event, the term “Bank” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor entity.

 

 


 

9.8  
Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.
9.9  
Interpretation . Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural.
9.10  
Alternative Action . In the event it shall become impossible for the Bank or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement due to regulatory or other constraints, the Bank or Plan Administrator may perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Bank, provided that such alternative act does not violate Code Section 409A.
9.11  
Headings . Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision herein.
9.12  
Validity . If any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.
9.13  
Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Bank or Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by registered or certified mail to the address below:
Plumas Bank
35 S. Lindan Ave.
Quincy, CA 95971
Attn: Douglas N. Biddle
Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.
Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Executive under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by mail to the last known address of the Executive.
9.14  
Deduction Limitation on Benefit Payments . If the Bank reasonably anticipates that the Bank’s deduction with respect to any distribution under this Agreement would be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary by the Bank to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution from this Agreement is deductible, the Bank may delay payment of any amount that would otherwise be distributed under this Agreement. The delayed amounts shall be distributed to the Executive (or the Beneficiary in the event of the Executive’s death) at the earliest date the Bank reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment of the amount will not be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m).

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Bank have signed this Agreement.
                     
EXECUTIVE       BANK    
 
                   
/s/ Rose Dembosz       By:   /s/ Daniel E. West    
                 
Rose Dembosz           Daniel E. West    
 
          Title:   Chairman of the Board    

 

 


 

PLUMAS BANK
Salary Continuation Agreement
Beneficiary Designation Form
o New Designation
o Change in Designation
I, Rose Dembosz, designate the following as Beneficiary under this Agreement:
         
Primary:
       
 
      %
 
     
 
       
 
      %
 
     
 
       
Contingent:
       
 
      %
 
     
 
       
 
      %
 
     
Notes:
   
Please PRINT CLEARLY or TYPE the names of the beneficiaries.
   
To name a trust as Beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
   
To name your estate as Beneficiary, please write “Estate of [your name] ”.
   
Be aware that none of the contingent beneficiaries will receive anything unless ALL of the primary beneficiaries predecease you.
I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by delivering a new written designation to the Plan Administrator, which shall be effective only upon receipt and acknowledgment by the Plan Administrator prior to my death. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as Beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
                 
Name:
               
 
Signature:
      Date:        
SPOUSAL CONSENT (Required if spouse is not named Beneficiary and Plan Administrator requests):
I consent to the beneficiary designation above, and acknowledge that if I am named Beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved, the designation will be automatically revoked.
                 
Spouse Name:
               
 
               
Signature:
      Date:        
Received by the Plan Administrator this ________ day of ___________________, 200__
         
By:
       
 
       
Title:
       

 

 

Exhibit 10.51
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
PLUMAS BANK
SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT
DATED AUGUST 23, 2005
FOR
ANDREW J. RYBACK
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT is adopted this 17th day of December, 2008, by and between PLUMAS BANK, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Quincy, California (the “Employer”), and ANDREW J. RYBACK (the “Executive”).
The Employer and the Executive executed the Split Dollar Agreement on August 23, 2005 (the “Agreement”).
The undersigned hereby amends the Agreement for the purpose of bringing the Agreement into compliance with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. In accordance with section III(D)(2) of IRS Notice 2007-34, such amendments shall not be considered a material modification of the Agreement under Treasury Regulations section 1.61-22(j). Therefore, the following changes shall be made:
The following Section 1.8 shall be added to the Agreement immediately following Section 1.7:
1.8  
Discount Rate ” means the rate used by the plan administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The initial Discount Rate is six percent (6%). However, the plan administrator, in its discretion, may adjust the Discount Rate in order to maintain the Discount Rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP and/or applicable bank regulatory guidance, as recommended b the Employer’s independent auditor engaged to audit the financial statements of the Employer. The Discount Rate will be reviewed at least annually. Executive shall be notified of any such change in the Discount Rate. Executive acknowledges that a change in the Discount Rate may increase or decrease the Accrual Balance which may affect his or her benefits hereunder.

 

 


 

The following Article 9 shall be added to the Agreement following Section 8.8:
Article 9
Compliance with Code Section 409A
9.1  
Definition of Specified Employee . For purposes of this Article 9, the term “Specified Employee” means an employee who at the time of Termination of Employment is a key employee of the Company, if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, an employee is a key employee if the employee meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the 12-month period ending on December 31 (the “identification period”). If the employee is a key employee during an identification period, the employee is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of April following the close of the identification period.
9.2  
Restriction on Timing of Distributions to Specified Employees . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee, the provisions of this Section 9.2 shall govern any distributions hereunder which would otherwise be made to the Executive due to a Termination of Employment. Such distributions shall not be made during the first six (6) months following Termination of Employment unless Executive dies prior to the end of the six (6) month period. Rather, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Termination of Employment. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner otherwise specified herein.
9.3  
Timing of Payments . Any amounts paid to the Executive pursuant to Section 3.3 prior to Termination of Employment shall be paid within two and one-half (2 1/2) months following the end of the prior year and shall be treated as short-term deferrals under Code section 409A.
9.4  
Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . All changes in the form or timing of the amounts paid to the Executive pursuant to Section 3.3 must be made by written amendment to this Agreement and must comply with the restrictions on changes to payments contained in Code section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
9.5  
Compliance with Code Section 409A . This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered consistent with Code section 409A.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 2 -


 

IN WITNESS OF THE ABOVE , the Employer and the Executive hereby consent to this First Amendment.
                     
Executive:       PLUMAS BANK    
 
                   
/s/ Andrew J. Ryback       By:   /s/ Daniel E. West    
                 
Andrew J. Ryback           Daniel E. West    
 
          Title :   Chairman of the Board    
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 10.52
PLUMAS BANK
EXECUTIVE SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement governing benefits accrued after December 31, 2004 (Agreement) is entered into this 17th day of December, 2008 by and between Plumas Bank, a corporation organized under the laws of the state of California (the “Employer”), and Douglas N. Biddle, an individual residing in the state of California (hereinafter referred to as the “Executive”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Executive is in the employ of the Employer, and has faithfully served the Employer for many years. It is in the consensus of the Board of Directors (Board) and its compensation committee that the Executive’s services have been of exceptional merit and an invaluable contribution to the profits and position of the Employer in its field of activity; and
WHEREAS, the Employer and the Executive are parties to that certain Executive Salary Continuation Agreement, dated June 2, 1994, and amended February 16, 2000, which provides for the payment of certain benefits; and
WHEREAS, it is deemed to be in the best interests of the Employer to provide the Executive with certain salary continuation benefits, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, in order to reasonably induce the Executive to remain in the Employer’s employment; and
WHEREAS, section 885 of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 amended the Internal Revenue Code (Code) to add section 409A implementing detailed rules regarding deferred compensation; and
WHEREAS, Notice 2005-1 was subsequently issued by the Treasury Department providing additional guidance on transitioning a plan of deferred compensation, such as this Agreement, into compliance with Code section 409A. Notice 2005-1 announced that a deferred compensation plan subject to Code section 409A must be operated in good faith compliance with the provisions of Code section 409A and Notice 2005-1 during the 2005 calendar year. Supplemental guidance from the IRS has extended the good faith compliance period through December 31, 2008. Final Treasury Regulations were issued on April 10, 2007 and are effective January 1, 2009; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Treasury regulations and other published IRS guidance, benefits vested under the agreement between the Employer and the Executive as of December 31, 2004 (Grandfathered Agreement) are eligible for grandfather treatment and shall not be subject to Code section 409A; and

 

 


 

WHEREAS, the Grandfathered Agreement is being amended by a Second Amendment to the Executive Salary Continuation Agreement for Douglas N. Biddle of even date herewith (Second Amendment) to attach a notice of its grandfathered status and to clarify that the benefits vested under the Grandfathered Agreement are not subject to Code section 409A; and
WHEREAS, since such Second Amendment is not a material modification of the Grandfathered Agreement that would subject it to Code section 409A; and
WHEREAS, the terms of the Grandfathered Agreement in effect on December 31, 2004, as clarified by the Second Amendment shall (i) remain in full force and effect, and (ii) govern all benefits vested as of December 31, 2004. This Agreement shall in no way be construed to limit, replace or abridge benefits payable thereunder.
ACCORDINGLY, it is the desire of the Employer and the Executive to enter into this amended and restated Agreement, covering benefits accrued on or after January 1, 2005, in good faith compliance with the requirements of Code section 409A, and the final Treasury regulations; and its terms shall apply only to benefits under the Agreement deferred after December 31, 2004.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the services to be performed in the future, as well as the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the Executive and the Employer agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
ARTICLE I. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
1.01  
Administrator . The Employer shall be the “Administrator” and, solely for the purposes of ERISA, the “fiduciary” of this Agreement where a fiduciary is required by ERISA.
1.02  
Annual Benefit . The term “Annual Benefit” shall mean an annual sum of sixty-two thousand dollars ($62,000) multiplied by the Applicable Percentage (defined below) less the annual benefit payable under the Grandfathered Agreement and then reduced to the extent required: (i) under the other provisions of this Agreement; (ii) by reason of the lawful order of any regulatory agency or body having jurisdiction over the Employer; and (iii) in order for the Employer to properly comply with any and all applicable state and federal laws, including, but not limited to, income, employment and disability income tax laws (e.g., FICA, FUTA, SDI).
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 2 -


 

1.03  
Applicable Percentage . The term “Applicable Percentage” shall mean that percentage listed on Schedule “A” attached hereto which is adjacent to the number of complete years (with a “year” being the performance of personal services for or on behalf of the Employer as an employee for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days) which have elapsed starting from the Effective Date of this Agreement and ending on the date payments are to first begin under the terms of this Agreement. In the event that Executive’s employment with Employer is terminated other than by reason of death, disability, Retirement or voluntary termination on the part of Executive, Executive shall be deemed for purposes of determining the number of complete years to have completed a year of service in its entirety for any partial year of service after the last anniversary date of the Effective Date during which the Executive’s employment is terminated.
1.04  
Beneficiary . The term “beneficiary” or “designated beneficiary” shall mean the person or persons whom the Executive shall designate in a valid Beneficiary Designation, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “B”, to receive the benefits provided hereunder. A Beneficiary Designation shall be valid only if it is in the form attached hereto and made a part hereof and is received by the Administrator prior to the Executive’s death.
1.05  
Code . “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue code of 1986, as amended.
1.06  
Disability/Disabled . The term “Disability” or “Disabled” shall mean the Executive: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees or directors of the Employer. Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees or directors of the Employer provided that the definition of “disability” applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of the preceding sentence. Upon the request of the plan administrator, the Executive must submit proof to the plan administrator of the Social Security Administration’s or the provider’s determination.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 3 -


 

1.07  
Early Retirement Date . The term “Early Retirement Date” shall mean the Retirement (as defined below) of the Executive on a date which occurs after the date upon which the Executive has, measured in the aggregate and from the date of this Agreement to the date of the Executive’s Retirement, been employed by the Employer for no less than nineteen (19) years.
1.08  
Effective Date . The term “Effective Date” shall mean the date upon which this Agreement was entered into by the parties, as first written above.
1.09  
ERISA . The term “ERISA” shall mean the Retirement Income-security Act of 1974, as amended.
1.10  
Plan Year . The term “Plan Year” shall mean the Employer’s calendar year.
1.11  
Retirement/Retires . The term “Retirement” or “Retires” shall mean the date acknowledged in Executive’s written notice to the Employer of the Executive’s Termination of Employment.
1.12  
Specified Employee . The term “Specified Employee” shall mean an employee who at the time of Termination of Employment is a key employee of the Employer, if any stock of the Employer is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, an employee is a key employee if the employee meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31 (the “identification period”). If the employee is a key employee during an identification period, the employee is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of April following the close of the identification period.
1.13  
Surviving Spouse . The term “Surviving Spouse” shall mean the person, if any, who shall be legally married to the Executive on the date of the Executive’s death.
1.14  
Termination of Employment . “Termination of Employment” shall mean termination of the Executive’s employment with the Employer for reasons other than death or Disability. Whether a Termination of Employment has occurred is determined based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Employer and the Executive reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the Executive would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the Employer if the Executive has been providing services to the Employer less than thirty-six (36) months).
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 4 -


 

1.15  
Unforeseeable Emergency . The term “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall mean a severe financial hardship to the Executive resulting from an illness or accident of the Executive, the Executive’s spouse, the Beneficiary, or the Executive’s dependent (as defined in section 152(a) of the Code), loss of the Executive’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Executive.
ARTICLE II. SCOPE, PURPOSE AND EFFECT
2.01  
Contract of Employment . Although this Agreement is intended to provide the Executive with an additional incentive to remain in the employ of the Employer, this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Executive and the Employer nor shall any provision of this Agreement restrict or expand the right of the Employer to terminate the Executive’s employment. This Agreement shall have no impact or effect upon any separate written Employment Agreement which the Executive may have with the Employer, it being the parties’ intention and agreement that unless this Agreement is specifically referenced in said Employment Agreement (or any modification thereto), this Agreement (and the Employer’s obligations hereunder) shall stand separate and apart and shall have no effect upon, nor be affected by, the terms and provisions of said Employment Agreement.
2.02  
Fringe Benefit . The benefits provided by this Agreement are granted by the Employer as a fringe benefit to the Executive and are not a part of any salary reduction plan or any arrangement deferring a bonus or a salary increase. The Executive has no option to take any current payments or bonus in lieu of the benefits provided by this Agreement.
ARTICLE III. PAYMENTS UPON OR AFTER RETIREMENT
3.01  
Payments Upon Retirement . If the Executive shall remain in the continuous employment of the Employer until attaining sixty-five (65) years of age, the Executive shall be entitled to be paid, as his normal retirement benefit, the Annual Benefit, as defined above, for a period of fifteen (15) years, in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first day of each month, beginning with the month following the month in which the Executive Retires.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 5 -


 

3.02  
Payments in the Event of Death After Retirement . The Employer agrees that if the Executive Retires, but shall die before receiving all of the one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments described in section 3.01 above, the Employer will make the remaining monthly payments, undiminished and on the same schedule as if the Executive had not died, to the Executive’s designated Beneficiary. If a valid Beneficiary designation is not in effect, then the remaining amounts due to the Executive under the term of this Agreement shall be paid to the Executive’s Surviving Spouse. If the Executive leaves no Surviving Spouse, the remaining amounts due to the Executive under the terms of this Agreement shall be paid to the duly qualified personal representative, executor or administrator of the Executive’s estate.
ARTICLE IV. PAYMENTS IN THE EVENT OF DEATH OR DISABILITY
OCCURS PRIOR TO RETIREMENT
4.01  
Payments in the Event of Death Prior to Retirement . In the event the Executive should die while actively employed by the Employer at any time after the Effective Date of this Agreement, but prior to attaining sixty (60) years of age or if the Executive chooses to work after attaining sixty (60) years of age, but dies before Retirement, the Employer agrees to pay the Annual Benefit for a period of fifteen (15) years in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first of each month beginning with the month following the Executive’s death, to the Executive’s designated Beneficiary with the Applicable Percentage determined by the applicable years of service, including years of service with the Employer prior to execution of this agreement, at the time of death. If a valid Beneficiary designation is not in effect, then the amounts due to the Executive under the terms of this Agreement shall be paid to the Executive’s Surviving Spouse as set forth above. If the Executive leaves no Surviving Spouse, the amounts due to the Executive under the terms of this Agreement shall be paid to the duly qualified personal representative, executor or administrator of the Executive’s estate as set forth above.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 6 -


 

4.02  
Payments in the Event of Disability Prior to Retirement . In the event the Executive becomes Disabled while actively employed by the Employer at any time after the date of this Agreement but prior to Retirement, the Executive shall: (i) continue to be treated during such period of Disability as being gainfully employed by the Employer, but shall not add applicable years of service for the purpose of determining the Annual Benefit; and (ii) be entitled to be paid the Annual Benefit for fifteen (15) years, as determined by the applicable years of service at the time of Disability in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first day of each month, beginning with the month following the earlier of (1) the month in which the Executive attains sixty-five (65) years of age; or (2) the date upon which the Executive is no longer entitled to receive disability benefits under the Executive’s principal disability insurance policy. Upon Executive’s death, no further payments will be made under this Article 4.02.
ARTICLE V. PAYMENTS IN THE EVENT EMPLOYMENT IS TERMINATED
OTHER THAN BY DEATH, DISABILITY, RETIREMENT
5.01  
Payments in the Event Employment is Terminated Other than by Disability, Retirement or a Change of Control of the Employer . As indicated in Article II above, the Employer reserves the right to terminate the Executive’s employment, with or without cause, but subject to any written employment agreement which may then exist, at any time prior to the Executive’s Retirement. In the event that the employment of the Executive shall be terminated for any reason, including voluntary Termination of Employment by the Executive, but other than by reason of Disability, Retirement or a Change of Control of the Employer as set forth in Article 5.02, the Executive or his legal representative shall be entitled to be paid the Annual Benefit for a period of fifteen (15) years, as determined by the applicable years of service at the time of the Executive’s Termination of Employment with the Employer, in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first day of each month, beginning with the month following the month in which the Executive attains sixty-five (65) years of age.
5.02  
Termination of Employment in the Event of a Change of Control . A “Terminating Event” shall be defined as a change in the ownership or effective control of the Employer, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Employer, as such change is defined in section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.
In the event the Executive’s employment terminates with the Employer or Employer’s successor within twenty-four (24) months of a Terminating Event and the Executive gives written notice to the Employer or Employer’s successor within thirty (30) calendar days of such Termination of Employment that the termination is for the reason that a Terminating Event has occurred, the Executive or his legal representative shall be entitled to be paid the Annual Benefit with the Applicable Percentage equal to one hundred percent (100%), for a period of fifteen (15) years, in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first day of each month, beginning with the month following the month in which the Executive terminates employment.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 7 -


 

The Executive and Employer acknowledge that limitations on deductibility of the Annual Benefit for federal income tax purposes may be imposed under, but not limited to section 280G of the Code, and any successor to section 280G of the Code. The increase in the Applicable Percentage pursuant to the application of this Article 5.02 shall be limited to such increase in the Applicable Percentage (which increase shall not result in the Applicable Percentage being greater than one hundred percent (100%)) that results in the greatest amount of the Annual Benefit that is deductible by the Employer for federal income tax purposes after taking into account all other compensation payments to or for the benefit of the Executive that are included in determining the deductibility of such payments under section 280G of the Code or any successor to section 280G of the Code. In the event that prior to the application of this Article 5.02, all other compensation payments to or for the benefit of Executive results in the limitation of the deductibility by Employer of such payments under section 280G or any successor to section 280G of the Code, then this Article 5.02 shall not be applicable.
ARTICLE VI. PAYMENT IN THE EVENT THE EXECUTIVE ELECTS EARLY RETIREMENT
The Executive shall have the right to elect to receive the Annual Benefit prior to attaining sixty-five (65) years of age if he chooses to Retire on a date which constitutes an Early Retirement Date as defined in Article 1.09 above. In the event the Executive elects to Retire on a date which constitutes an Early Retirement Date, the Executive shall be entitled to be paid the Annual Benefit for a period of fifteen (15) years determined by the applicable years of service at the time of early retirement, as defined above, in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first day of each month, beginning with the month following the month in which the Early Retirement Date occurs.
ARTICLE VII. PAYMENTS IN THE EVENT OF AN UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY
7.01  
Hardship Distribution . The Employer may make a hardship distribution under the circumstances described in Article 7.02 below. Any such distribution shall require the adjustment described in Article 7.03 to any amounts to be paid under Articles 3, 4, 5 or 6.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 8 -


 

7.02  
Application for and Amount of Hardship Distribution . If an Unforeseeable Emergency occurs, the Executive may petition the Board to receive a distribution from the Agreement (a “Hardship Distribution”). The Board in its sole discretion may grant such petition. If granted, the Executive shall receive, within sixty (60) days, a Hardship Distribution from the Agreement only to the extent deemed necessary by the Board to remedy the Unforeseeable Emergency, plus an amount necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution. In any event, the maximum amount which may be paid out pursuant to this Article is the vested Annual Benefit as of the day that the Executive petitioned the Board to receive a Hardship Distribution under this Article.
7.03  
Benefit Adjustment . At the time of any Hardship Distribution, the vested Annual Benefit shall be reduced by the amount of the Hardship Distribution and the benefits to be paid under Articles 3, 4, 5 or 6 hereof shall reflect such reduced amount.
ARTICLE VIII. RESTRICTION ON TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee, the provisions of this Article shall govern any distributions hereunder, which would otherwise be made to the Executive due to a Termination of Employment. Such distributions shall not be made during the first six (6) months following Termination of Employment unless the Executive dies prior to the end of such six (6) month period. Rather, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Termination of Employment. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner otherwise specified herein.
ARTICLE IX. DISTRIBUTIONS UPON INCOME INCLUSION UNDER SECTION
409A OF THE CODE
If, pursuant to Code section 409A, the Federal Insurance Contributions Act or other state, local or foreign tax, the Executive becomes subject to tax on the amounts deferred hereunder, then the Employer may make a limited distribution to the Executive in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(j)(vi), (vii) and (xi). Any such distribution will decrease the Executive’s benefit hereunder.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 9 -


 

ARTICLE X. CHANGE IN FORM OR TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS
Except as provided in Article 15.15, all changes in the form or timing of distributions hereunder must be made by written amendment to this Agreement and must comply with the following requirements. The changes:
  (a)  
may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Code section 409A and the regulations thereunder;
  (b)  
must, for benefits distributable under Article 3 and 6, be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the first scheduled distribution;
  (c)  
must, for benefits distributable under Articles 3, 5 and 6, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
(d) must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the election is made.
ARTICLE XI. RIGHT TO DETERMINE FUNDING METHODS
The Employer reserves the right to determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, whether, to what extent and by what method, if any, to provide for the payment of the amounts which may be payable to the Executive, the Executive’s spouse or the Executive’s beneficiaries under the terms of this Agreement. In the event that the Employer elects to fund this Agreement, in whole or in part, through the use of life insurance or annuities, or both, the Employer shall determine the ownership and beneficial interests of any such policy of life insurance or annuity. The Employer further reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate any such policy, and any other device used to fund its obligations under this Agreement, at any time, in whole or in part. Consistent with Article 13 below, neither the Executive, the Executive’s spouse nor the Executive’s beneficiaries shall have any right, title or interest in or to any funding source or amount utilized by the Employer pursuant to this Agreement, and any such funding source or amount shall not, constitute security for the performance of the Employer’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement. In connection with the foregoing, the Executive agrees to execute such documents and undergo such medical examinations or tests which the Employer may request and which may be reasonably necessary to facilitate any funding for this Agreement including, without limitation the Employer’s acquisition of any policy of insurance or annuity. Furthermore, a refusal by the Executive to consent to participate in and undergo any such medical examinations or tests shall result in the immediate termination of this Agreement and the immediate forfeiture by the Executive, the Executive’s spouse and the Executive’s beneficiaries of any and all rights to payment hereunder.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 10 -


 

ARTICLE XII. CLAIMS PROCEDURE
The Employer shall, but only to the extent necessary to comply with ERISA, be designated as the named fiduciary under this Agreement and shall have authority to control and manage the operation and administration of this Agreement. Consistent therewith, the Employer shall make all determinations as to the rights to benefits under this Agreement. Any decision by the Employer denying a claim by the Executive, the Executive’s spouse, or the Executive’s beneficiary for benefits under this Agreement shall be stated in writing and delivered or mailed, via registered or certified mail, to the executive, the Executive’s spouse or the Executive’s beneficiary, as the case may be. Such decision shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial of a claim. In addition, the Employer shall provide the Executive, the Executive’s spouse or the Executive’s beneficiary with a reasonable opportunity for a full and fair review of the decision denying such claim.
ARTICLE XIII. STATUS OF AN UNSECURED GENERAL CREDITOR
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary: (i) neither the Executive, the Executive’s spouse and the Executive’s beneficiary shall have any legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in or to any specific property or assets of the Employer; (ii) none of the Employer’s assets shall be held in or under any trust for the benefit of the Executive, the Executive’s spouse or the Executive’s beneficiary or held in any way as security for the fulfillment of the obligations of the Employer under this Agreement; (iii) all of the Employer’s assets shall be and remain the general unpledged and unrestricted assets of the Employer; (iv) the Employer’s obligation under this Agreement shall be that of an unfunded and unsecured promise by the Employer to pay money in the future; and (v) the Executive, the Executive’s spouse and the Executive’s beneficiary shall be unsecured general creditors with respect to any benefits which may be payable under the terms of this Agreement.
ARTICLE XIV. COVENANT NOT TO INTERFERE
The Executive agrees not to take any action which prevents the Employer from collecting the proceeds of any life insurance policy which the Employer may happen to own at the time of the Executive’s death and of which the Employer is the designated beneficiary.
ARTICLE XV. MISCELLANEOUS
15.01  
Opportunity to Consult with Independent Counsel . The Executive acknowledge that he has been afforded the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of his choosing regarding both the benefits granted to him under the terms of this Agreement and the terms and conditions which may affect the Executive’s right to these benefits. The Executive further acknowledges that he has read, understands and consents to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and that he enters into this Agreement with a full understanding of its terms and conditions.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 11 -


 

15.02  
Arbitration of Disputes . All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach or interpretation thereof, other than those matters which are to be determined by the Employer in its sole and absolute discretion, shall be resolved by binding arbitration before a representative member, selected by the mutual agreement of the parties, of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), presently located at 111 Pine Street, Suite 710, San Francisco, California. In the event JAMS is unable or unwilling to conduct the arbitration provided for under the terms of this paragraph, or has discontinued its business, the parties agree that a representative member, selected by the mutual agreement of the parties, of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), presently located at 417 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California, shall conduct the binding arbitration referred to in this paragraph. Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to this Agreement and with JAMS (or AAA, if necessary). In no event shall the demand for arbitration be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. The arbitration shall be subject to such rules of procedure used or established by JAMS, or if there are none, the rules of procedure used or established by AAA. Any award rendered by JAMS or AAA shall be final and binding upon the parties, and as applicable, their respective heirs, beneficiaries, legal representatives, agents, successors and assigns, and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The obligation of the parties to arbitrate pursuant to this clause shall be specifically enforceable in accordance with, and shall be conducted consistently with, the provisions of Title 9 of Part 3 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Any arbitration hereunder shall be conducted in Quincy, California, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties.
15.03  
Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any arbitration or litigation concerning any controversy, claim or dispute between the parties hereto, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach hereof, or the interpretation hereof, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the losing party reasonable expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection therewith or in the enforcement or collection of any judgment or award rendered therein. The “prevailing party” means the party determined by the arbitrator(s) or court, as the case may be, to have most nearly prevailed, even if such party did not prevail in all matters, not necessarily the one in whose favor a judgment is rendered.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 12 -


 

15.04  
Notice . Any notice required or permitted of either the Executive or the Employer under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given, if by personal delivery upon the date received by the party or its authorized representative. If by facsimile, upon transmission to a telephone number previously provided by the party to whom the facsimile is transmitted as reflected in the records of the party transmitting the facsimile and upon reasonable confirmation of such transmission. and if by mail, on the third day after mailing via U.S. first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed to the party at the address given below for the receipt of notices, or such changed address as may be requested in writing by a party.
     
If to the Employer:
  Plumas Bank
 
  P.O. Box 10150
 
  Quincy, California 95971
 
  Attn: Mr. Daniel E. West
 
   
If to the Executive:
  Douglas N. Biddle
 
  550 Hillside Drive
 
  Quincy, California 95971
15.05  
Assignment . Neither the Executive, the Executive’s spouse, nor any other beneficiary under this Agreement shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, hypothecate, modify or otherwise encumber any part or all of the amounts payable hereunder, nor, prior to payment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall any portion of such amounts be: (i) subject to seizure by any creditor of any such beneficiary, by a proceeding at law or in equity, for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance obligations which may be owed by the Executive, the Executive’s spouse, or any designated beneficiary; or (ii) transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise. Any such attempted assignment or transfer shall be void and shall terminate this Agreement, and the Employer shall thereupon have no further liability hereunder.
15.06  
Binding Effect/Merger or Reorganization . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Executive and the Employer and, as applicable, their respective heirs, beneficiaries, legal representatives, agents, successors and assigns. Accordingly, the Employer shall not merge or consolidate into or with another corporation, or reorganize or sell substantially all of its assets to another corporation, firm or person, unless and until such succeeding or continuing corporation, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Employer under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Employer” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to such surviving or successor firm, person, entity or corporation.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 13 -


 

15.07  
Nonwaiver . The failure of either party to enforce at any time or for any period of time anyone or more of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not be a waiver of such term(s) or condition(s) or of that party’s right thereafter to enforce each and every term and condition of this Agreement.
15.08  
Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision covenant or condition of this Agreement is determined by an arbitrator or a court, as the case may be, to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, such determination shall not render any other term, provision, covenant or condition invalid, void or unenforceable, and the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such partial invalidity.
15.09  
Entire Agreement . This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and contains all of the covenants and agreements between the parties with respect thereto. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no other representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which are not set forth herein, and that no other agreement, statement or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding on either party.
15.10  
Amendments . Except as otherwise provided in this Article or Articles 15.14 and 15.15, below, this Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Employer and the Executive. However, the Employer may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Employer from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation section 409A of the Code and any and all Treasury regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.
15.11  
Paragraph Headings . The paragraph headings used in this Agreement are included solely for the convenience of the parties and shall not affect or be used in connection with the interpretation of this Agreement.
15.12  
No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction, will be applied against any person.
15.13  
Governing Law . The laws of the state of California, other than those laws denominated choice of law rules, and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of: (i) the California Superintendent of Banks; (ii) the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; (iii) the Federal Deposit Insurance corporation; or (iv) any other regulatory agency or governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Employer, shall govern the validity, interpretation, construction and effect of this Agreement.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 14 -


 

15.14  
Plan Termination Generally . Except as otherwise provided in Article 15.15, this Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Employer and the Executive. The benefit hereunder shall be the vested Annual Benefit as of the date the Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Article 15.15, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, after such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Articles 3, 4, 5 or 6.
15.15  
Plan Terminations Under Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement may be terminated by the Employer, or its successor, and distributions hereunder accelerated as provided below in the following circumstances:
  (a)  
Within thirty (30) days before or twelve (12) months after a change in the ownership or effective control of the Employer, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Employer as described in Section 409A(2)(A)(v) of the Code, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Employer’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the such terminations;
  (b)  
Upon the Employer’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or
  (c)  
Upon the Employer’s termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-1(c) if the Executive participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangements”), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Employer, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Employer does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Employer takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement;
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 15 -


 

the Employer may distribute the vested Annual Benefit, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.
15.16  
Compliance with Code Section 409A . This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered consistent with Code section 409A.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer and the Executive have executed this Agreement on the date first above-written in the City of Quincy, Plumas County, California.
             
THE EMPLOYER:
      THE EXECUTIVE:    
 
           
PLUMAS BANK
           
A California Corporation
           
 
           
/s/ Daniel E. West
 
Daniel E. West
      /s/ D. N. Biddle
 
Douglas N. Biddle
   
Chairman of the Board
           
 
           
/s/ Terrence J. Reeson
 
Terrence J. Reeson
           
Vice-Chairman of the Board
           
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 16 -


 

SCHEDULE A
         
NUMBER OF COMPLETE      
YEARS OF SERVICE   APPLICABLE  
WHICH HAVE ELAPSED   PERCENTAGE  
 
       
1
    4.74 %
2
    9.48 %
 
       
3
    14.22 %
 
       
4
    18.96 %
 
       
5
    23.70 %
 
       
6
    28.44 %
 
       
7
    33.18 %
 
       
8
    38.08 %
 
       
9
    42.66 %
 
       
10
    47.40 %
 
       
11
    52.14 %
 
       
12
    56.88 %
 
       
13
    61.62 %
 
       
14
    66.36 %
 
       
15
    71.10 %
 
       
16
    75.84 %
 
       
17
    80.58 %
 
       
18
    85.32 %
 
       
19 (early retirement age — 60)
    90.06 %
 
       
20
    92.06 %
 
       
21
    94.06 %
 
       
22
    96.06 %
 
       
23
    98.06 %
 
       
24
    100.00 %
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 17 -

Exhibit 10.53
SECOND AMENDMENT
TO THE
PLUMAS BANK
EXECUTIVE SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT
DATED JUNE 2, 1994
AND AMENDED FEBRUARY 16, 2000
FOR
DOUGLAS N. BIDDLE
This Second Amendment is adopted this 17th day of December, 2008, effective as of January 1, 2005, by and between Plumas Bank, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Quincy, California (the “Employer”), and Douglas N. Biddle (the “Executive”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Executive is in the employ of the Employer, and has faithfully served the Employer for many years. It is the consensus of the Board of Directors (Board) and its compensation committee that the Executive’s services have been of exceptional merit and an invaluable contribution to the profits and position of the Employer in its field of activity; and
WHEREAS, the Employer and the Executive are parties to that certain Executive Salary Continuation Agreement, dated June 2, 1994, and amended February 16, 2000, (Grandfathered Agreement) which provides for the payment of certain benefits; and
WHEREAS, it is deemed to be in the best interests of the Employer to provide the Executive with certain salary continuation benefits, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, in order to reasonably induce the Executive to remain in the Employer’s employment; and
WHEREAS, section 885 of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 amended the Internal Revenue Code (Code) to add section 409A implementing detailed rules regarding deferred compensation; and
WHEREAS, Notice 2005-1 was subsequently issued by the Treasury Department providing additional guidance on transitioning a plan of deferred compensation, such as this Agreement, into compliance with Code section 409A. Notice 2005-1 announced that a deferred compensation plan subject to Code section 409A must be operated in good faith compliance with the provisions of Code section 409A and Notice 2005-1 during the 2005 calendar year. Supplemental guidance from the IRS has extended the good faith compliance period through December 31, 2008. Final Treasury Regulations were issued on April 10, 2007 and are effective January 1, 2009; and

 

 


 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Treasury regulations and other published IRS guidance, benefits vested under the agreement between the Employer and the Executive as of December 31, 2004 (Grandfathered Agreement) are eligible for grandfather treatment and shall not be subject to Code section 409A; and
WHEREAS, as of December 31, 2004, Executive was vested in 47.4% of an Annual Benefit of $62,000 payable over 15 years upon the earlier of reaching age 65 or the Executive’s death; and
WHEREAS, the Grandfathered Agreement is being amended by this Second Amendment to the Executive Salary Continuation Agreement for Douglas N. Biddle of even date herewith (Second Amendment) to attach a notice of its grandfathered status and to clarify that the benefits vested under the Grandfathered Agreement are not subject to Code section 409A; and
WHEREAS, since such Second Amendment is not a material modification of the Grandfathered Agreement that would subject it to Code section 409A; and
WHEREAS, the terms of the Grandfathered Agreement in effect on December 31, 2004, as clarified by this Second Amendment shall (i) remain in full force and effect, and (ii) govern all benefits vested as of December 31, 2004. This Second Amendment shall in no way be construed to limit, replace or abridge benefits payable under the Grandfathered Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the services to be performed in the future, as well as the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the Executive and the Employer agree as follows:
The undersigned hereby amends the Agreement for the purpose of clarifying that the Agreement is grandfathered from having to comply with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code unless it is materially modified and to provide that it shall be materially modified. Therefore, the following changes shall be made:
The Grandfathered Agreement shall be amended by adding the Notice attached hereto as Exhibit A to the front thereof as a cover page.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 2 -


 

IN WITNESS OF THE ABOVE, the Employer and the Executive hereby consent to this Second Amendment.
                     
Executive:       Plumas Bank    
 
                   
/s/ D. N. Biddle       By:   /s/ Daniel E. West    
                 
Douglas N. Biddle
          Title:   Chairman of the Board    
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 3 -


 

EXHIBIT A
NOTICE
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY (BOARD) HAS RESOLVED AND DIRECTED THAT THE DEFERRED COMPENSATION CREDITED TO THE ACCOUNT OF DOUGLAS N. BIDDLE (EXECUTIVE) UNDER THE ATTACHED EXECUTIVE SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN COMPANY AND EXECUTIVE DATED JUNE 2, 1994, AND AMENDED FEBRUARY 16, 2000 (GRANDFATHERED AGREEMENT), AND EARNED AND VESTED AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2004 BE SEGREGATED FROZEN AND GRANDFATHERED UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE GRANDFATHERED AGREEMENT IN EFFECT ON OCTOBER 3, 2004 AND THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED AND IN EFFECT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 409A AS ENACTED BY THE AMERICAN JOBS CREATION ACT OF 2004; THAT TO PRESERVE SUCH GRANDFATHERING, THE PROVISIONS OF THE ORIGINAL AGREEMENT AS IN EFFECT ON OCTOBER 3, 2004, SHALL NOT BE MATERIALLY MODIFIED (AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED IN INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE NOTICE 2005-1) AFTER OCTOBER 3, 2004 WITH RESPECT TO DEFERRED COMPENSATION THAT WAS CREDITED TO EXECUTIVE’S ACCOUNT AND EARNED AND VESTED AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2004; AND THAT ANY ATTEMPT TO SO MATERIALLY MODIFY THE ORIGINAL AGREEMENT AFTER THAT DATE SHALL BE NULL AND VOID.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 4 -

Exhibit 10.54
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
PLUMAS BANK
ADDENDUM A
SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT
DATED JANUARY 24, 2002
FOR
DOUGLAS N. BIDDLE
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT is adopted this 17th day of December, 2008, by and between PLUMAS BANK, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Quincy, California (the “Employer”), and DOUGLAS N. BIDDLE (the “Executive”).
The Employer and the Executive executed the Addendum A Split Dollar Agreement on January 24, 2002 (the “Agreement”).
The undersigned hereby amends the Agreement for the purpose of bringing the Agreement into compliance with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. In accordance with section III(D)(2) of IRS Notice 2007-34, such amendments shall not be considered a material modification of the Agreement under Treasury Regulations section 1.61-22(j). Therefore, the following changes shall be made:
Section 1.1 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
1.1  
Insurer ” means Lincoln National Life Insurance Company.
Section 2.2 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
2.2  
Executive’s Interest . The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds of the Policy in the amount of four hundred fifty-seven thousand three hundred forty-six dollars ($457,346). The Executive shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. However, the Executive, the Executive’s transferee or the Executive’s beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in this section 2.2 if the Executive ceases to be employed by the Employer for any reason whatsoever prior to Normal Retirement Age (other than by reason of a leave of absence which is approved by the Employer) and has received or had the opportunity to receive any benefit under the Executive Salary Continuation Agreement dated June 2, 1994 and a first and second Amendment thereto (Grandfathered Agreement) as well as the Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between the Employer and the Executive (collectively the “Salary Continuation Agreement”).

 

 


 

The following Article 9 shall be added to the Agreement following Section 8.8:
Article 9
Compliance with Code Section 409A
9.1  
Definition of Specified Employee . For purposes of this Article 9, the term “Specified Employee” means an employee who at the time of Termination of Employment is a key employee of the Company, if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, an employee is a key employee if the employee meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the 12-month period ending on December 31 (the “identification period”). If the employee is a key employee during an identification period, the employee is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of April following the close of the identification period.
9.2  
Restriction on Timing of Distributions to Specified Employees . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee, the provisions of this Section 9.2 shall govern any distributions hereunder which would otherwise be made to the Executive due to a Termination of Employment. Such distributions shall not be made during the first six (6) months following Termination of Employment unless Executive dies prior to the end of the six (6) month period. Rather, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Termination of Employment. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner otherwise specified herein.
9.3  
Timing of Payments . Any amounts paid to the Executive pursuant to Section 3.3 prior to Termination of Employment shall be paid within two and one-half (2 1/2) months following the end of the prior year and shall be treated as short-term deferrals under Code section 409A.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 2 -


 

9.4  
Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . All changes in the form or timing of the amounts paid to the Executive pursuant to Section 3.3 must be made by written amendment to this Agreement and must comply with the restrictions on changes to payments contained in Code section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
9.5  
Compliance with Code Section 409A . This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered consistent with Code section 409A.
IN WITNESS OF THE ABOVE , the Employer and the Executive hereby consent to this First Amendment.
                     
Executive:
      PLUMAS BANK  
 
                   
/s/ D. N. Biddle       By:   /s/ Daniel E. West    
                 
Douglas N. Biddle
          Title:   Chairman of the Board    
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 10.55
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
PLUMAS BANK
ADDENDUM B
SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT
DATED JANUARY 24, 2002
FOR
DOUGLAS N. BIDDLE
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT is adopted this 17th day of December, 2008, by and between PLUMAS BANK, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Quincy, California (the “Employer”), and DOUGLAS N. BIDDLE (the “Executive”).
The Employer and the Executive executed the Addendum B Split Dollar Agreement on January 24, 2002 (the “Agreement”).
The undersigned hereby amends the Agreement for the purpose of bringing the Agreement into compliance with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. In accordance with section III(D)(2) of IRS Notice 2007-34, such amendments shall not be considered a material modification of the Agreement under Treasury Regulations section 1.61-22(j). Therefore, the following changes shall be made:
Section 2.2 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
2.2  
Executive’s Interest . The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds of the Policy in the amount of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000). The Executive shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. However, the Executive, the Executive’s transferee or the Executive’s beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in this section 2.2 if the Executive ceases to be employed by the Employer for any reason whatsoever prior to Normal Retirement Age (other than by reason of a leave of absence which is approved by the Employer) and has received or had the opportunity to receive any benefit under the Executive Salary Continuation Agreement dated June 2, 1994 and a first and second Amendment thereto (Grandfathered Agreement) as well as the Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between the Employer and the Executive (collectively the “Salary Continuation Agreement”).

 

 


 

The following Article 9 shall be added to the Agreement following Section 8.8:
Article 9
Compliance with Code Section 409A
9.1  
Definition of Specified Employee . For purposes of this Article 9, the term “Specified Employee” means an employee who at the time of Termination of Employment is a key employee of the Company, if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, an employee is a key employee if the employee meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the 12-month period ending on December 31 (the “identification period”). If the employee is a key employee during an identification period, the employee is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of April following the close of the identification period.
9.2  
Restriction on Timing of Distributions to Specified Employees . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee, the provisions of this Section 9.2 shall govern any distributions hereunder which would otherwise be made to the Executive due to a Termination of Employment. Such distributions shall not be made during the first six (6) months following Termination of Employment unless Executive dies prior to the end of the six (6) month period. Rather, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Termination of Employment. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner otherwise specified herein.
9.3  
Timing of Payments . Any amounts paid to the Executive pursuant to Section 3.3 prior to Termination of Employment shall be paid within two and one-half (2 1/2) months following the end of the prior year and shall be treated as short-term deferrals under Code section 409A.
9.4  
Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . All changes in the form or timing of the amounts paid to the Executive pursuant to Section 3.3 must be made by written amendment to this Agreement and must comply with the restrictions on changes to payments contained in Code section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
9.5  
Compliance with Code Section 409A . This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered consistent with Code section 409A.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 2 -


 

IN WITNESS OF THE ABOVE , the Employer and the Executive hereby consent to this First Amendment.
                     
Executive:       PLUMAS BANK    
 
                   
/s/ D. N. Biddle       By:   /s/ Daniel E. West    
                 
Douglas N. Biddle
          Title:   Chairman of the Board    
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 10.56
SECOND AMENDMENT
TO THE
PLUMAS BANK
EXECUTIVE SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT
DATED JUNE 4, 2002
AND AMENDED SEPTEMBER 15, 2004
FOR
ROBERT T. HERR
This Second Amendment is adopted this 17th day of December, 2008, effective as of January 1, 2005, by and between Plumas Bank, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Quincy, California (the “Employer”), and Robert T. Herr (the “Executive”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Executive is in the employ of the Employer, and has faithfully served the Employer for many years. It is the consensus of the Board of Directors (Board) and its compensation committee that the Executive’s services have been of exceptional merit and an invaluable contribution to the profits and position of the Employer in its field of activity; and
WHEREAS, the Employer and the Executive are parties to that certain Executive Salary Continuation Agreement, dated June 4, 2002, and amended September 15, 2004, (Grandfathered Agreement) which provides for the payment of certain benefits; and
WHEREAS, it is deemed to be in the best interests of the Employer to provide the Executive with certain salary continuation benefits, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, in order to reasonably induce the Executive to remain in the Employer’s employment; and
WHEREAS, section 885 of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 amended the Internal Revenue Code (Code) to add section 409A implementing detailed rules regarding deferred compensation; and
WHEREAS, Notice 2005-1 was subsequently issued by the Treasury Department providing additional guidance on transitioning a plan of deferred compensation, such as this Agreement, into compliance with Code section 409A. Notice 2005-1 announced that a deferred compensation plan subject to Code section 409A must be operated in good faith compliance with the provisions of Code section 409A and Notice 2005-1 during the 2005 calendar year. Supplemental guidance from the IRS has extended the good faith compliance period through December 31, 2008. Final Treasury Regulations were issued on April 10, 2007 and are effective January 1, 2009; and

 

 


 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Treasury regulations and other published IRS guidance, benefits vested under the agreement between the Employer and the Executive as of December 31, 2004 (Grandfathered Agreement) are eligible for grandfather treatment and shall not be subject to Code section 409A; and
WHEREAS, as of December 31, 2004, Executive was vested in 30.00% of an Annual Benefit of $62,000 payable over 15 years upon the earlier of reaching age 65 or the Executive’s death; and
WHEREAS, the Grandfathered Agreement is being amended by this Second Amendment to the Executive Salary Continuation Agreement for Robert T. Herr of even date herewith (Second Amendment) to attach a notice of its grandfathered status and to clarify that the benefits vested under the Grandfathered Agreement are not subject to Code section 409A; and
WHEREAS, since such Second Amendment is not a material modification of the Grandfathered Agreement that would subject it to Code section 409A; and
WHEREAS, the terms of the Grandfathered Agreement in effect on December 31, 2004, as clarified by this Second Amendment shall (i) remain in full force and effect, and (ii) govern all benefits vested as of December 31, 2004. This Second Amendment shall in no way be construed to limit, replace or abridge benefits payable under the Grandfathered Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the services to be performed in the future, as well as the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the Executive and the Employer agree as follows:
The undersigned hereby amends the Agreement for the purpose of clarifying that the Agreement is grandfathered from having to comply with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code unless it is materially modified and to provide that it shall be materially modified. Therefore, the following changes shall be made:
The Grandfathered Agreement shall be amended by adding the Notice attached hereto as Exhibit A to the front thereof as a cover page.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 2 -


 

IN WITNESS OF THE ABOVE, the Employer and the Executive hereby consent to this Second Amendment.
                     
Executive:       Plumas Bank    
 
                   
/s/ Robert T. Herr       By:   /s/ Daniel E. West    
                 
Robert T. Herr
          Title:   Chairman of the Board    
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 3 -


 

EXHIBIT A
NOTICE
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY (BOARD) HAS RESOLVED AND DIRECTED THAT THE DEFERRED COMPENSATION CREDITED TO THE ACCOUNT OF ROBERT T. HERR (EXECUTIVE) UNDER THE ATTACHED EXECUTIVE SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN COMPANY AND EXECUTIVE DATED JUNE 4, 1994, AND AMENDED SEPTEMBER 15, 2004 (GRANDFATHERED AGREEMENT), AND EARNED AND VESTED AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2004 BE SEGREGATED FROZEN AND GRANDFATHERED UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE GRANDFATHERED AGREEMENT IN EFFECT ON OCTOBER 3, 2004 AND THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED AND IN EFFECT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 409A AS ENACTED BY THE AMERICAN JOBS CREATION ACT OF 2004; THAT TO PRESERVE SUCH GRANDFATHERING, THE PROVISIONS OF THE ORIGINAL AGREEMENT AS IN EFFECT ON OCTOBER 3, 2004, SHALL NOT BE MATERIALLY MODIFIED (AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED IN INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE NOTICE 2005-1) AFTER OCTOBER 3, 2004 WITH RESPECT TO DEFERRED COMPENSATION THAT WAS CREDITED TO EXECUTIVE’S ACCOUNT AND EARNED AND VESTED AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2004; AND THAT ANY ATTEMPT TO SO MATERIALLY MODIFY THE ORIGINAL AGREEMENT AFTER THAT DATE SHALL BE NULL AND VOID.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 4 -

Exhibit 10.57
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
PLUMAS BANK
SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT
DATED SEPTEMBER 15, 2004
FOR
ROBERT T. HERR
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT is adopted this 17th day of December, 2008, by and between PLUMAS BANK, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Quincy, California (the “Employer”), and ROBERT T. HERR (the “Executive”).
The Employer and the Executive executed the Split Dollar Agreement on September 15, 2004 (the “Agreement”).
The undersigned hereby amends the Agreement for the purpose of bringing the Agreement into compliance with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. In accordance with section III(D)(2) of IRS Notice 2007-34, such amendments shall not be considered a material modification of the Agreement under Treasury Regulations section 1.61-22(j). Therefore, the following changes shall be made:
Section 1.2 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
1.2  
Insurers ” mean Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Security Life of Denver Insurance Company.
Section 1.4 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
1.4  
Policies ” mean insurance policy JP5242577, issued by Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, and policy U200002247, issued by Security Life of Denver Insurance Company.
The following Section 1.8 shall be added to the Agreement immediately following Section 1.7:
1.8  
Discount Rate ” means the rate used by the plan administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The initial Discount Rate is six percent (6%). However, the plan administrator, in its discretion, may adjust the Discount Rate in order to maintain the Discount Rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP and/or applicable bank regulatory guidance, as recommended b the Employer’s independent auditor engaged to audit the financial statements of the Employer. The Discount Rate will be reviewed at least annually. Executive shall be notified of any such change in the Discount Rate. Executive acknowledges that a change in the Discount Rate may increase or decrease the Accrual Balance which may affect his or her benefits hereunder.

 

 


 

The following Article 9 shall be added to the Agreement following Section 8.8:
Article 9
Compliance with Code Section 409A
9.1  
Definition of Specified Employee . For purposes of this Article 9, the term “Specified Employee” means an employee who at the time of Termination of Employment is a key employee of the Company, if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, an employee is a key employee if the employee meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the 12-month period ending on December 31 (the “identification period”). If the employee is a key employee during an identification period, the employee is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of April following the close of the identification period.
9.2  
Restriction on Timing of Distributions to Specified Employees . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee, the provisions of this Section 9.2 shall govern any distributions hereunder which would otherwise be made to the Executive due to a Termination of Employment. Such distributions shall not be made during the first six (6) months following Termination of Employment unless Executive dies prior to the end of the six (6) month period. Rather, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Termination of Employment. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner otherwise specified herein.
9.3  
Timing of Payments . Any amounts paid to the Executive pursuant to Section 3.3 prior to Termination of Employment shall be paid within two and one-half (2 1/2) months following the end of the prior year and shall be treated as short-term deferrals under Code section 409A.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 2 -


 

9.4  
Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . All changes in the form or timing of the amounts paid to the Executive pursuant to Section 3.3 must be made by written amendment to this Agreement and must comply with the restrictions on changes to payments contained in Code section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
9.5  
Compliance with Code Section 409A . This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered consistent with Code section 409A.
IN WITNESS OF THE ABOVE , the Employer and the Executive hereby consent to this First Amendment.
                     
Executive:       PLUMAS BANK    
 
                   
/s/ Robert T. Herr       By:   /s/ Daniel E. West    
                 
Robert T. Herr
          Title:   Chairman of the Board    
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 10.58
PLUMAS BANK
EXECUTIVE SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement governing benefits accrued after December 31, 2004 (Agreement) is entered into this 17th day of December, 2008 by and between Plumas Bank, a corporation organized under the laws of the state of California (the “Employer”), and Robert T. Herr, an individual residing in the state of California (hereinafter referred to as the “Executive”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Executive is in the employ of the Employer, and has faithfully served the Employer for many years. It is the consensus of the Board of Directors (Board) and its compensation committee that the Executive’s services have been of exceptional merit and an invaluable contribution to the profits and position of the Employer in its field of activity; and
WHEREAS, the Employer and the Executive are parties to that certain Executive Salary Continuation Agreement, dated June 4, 2002, and amended September 15, 2004, which provides for the payment of certain benefits; and
WHEREAS, it is deemed to be in the best interests of the Employer to provide the Executive with certain salary continuation benefits, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, in order to reasonably induce the Executive to remain in the Employer’s employment; and
WHEREAS, section 885 of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 amended the Internal Revenue Code (Code) to add section 409A implementing detailed rules regarding deferred compensation; and
WHEREAS, Notice 2005-1 was subsequently issued by the Treasury Department providing additional guidance on transitioning a plan of deferred compensation, such as this Agreement, into compliance with Code section 409A. Notice 2005-1 announced that a deferred compensation plan subject to Code section 409A must be operated in good faith compliance with the provisions of Code section 409A and Notice 2005-1 during the 2005 calendar year. Supplemental guidance from the IRS has extended the good faith compliance period through December 31, 2008. Final Treasury Regulations were issued on April 10, 2007 and are effective January 1, 2009; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Treasury regulations and other published IRS guidance, benefits vested under the agreement between the Employer and the Executive as of December 31, 2004 (Grandfathered Agreement) are eligible for grandfather treatment and shall not be subject to Code section 409A; and

 

 


 

WHEREAS, the Grandfathered Agreement is being amended by a Second Amendment to the Executive Salary Continuation Agreement for Robert T. Herr of even date herewith (Second Amendment) to attach a notice of its grandfathered status and to clarify that the benefits vested under the Grandfathered Agreement are not subject to Code section 409A; and
WHEREAS, since such Second Amendment is not a material modification of the Grandfathered Agreement that would subject it to Code section 409A; and
WHEREAS, the terms of the Grandfathered Agreement in effect on December 31, 2004, as clarified by the Second Amendment shall (i) remain in full force and effect, and (ii) govern all benefits vested as of December 31, 2004. This Agreement shall in no way be construed to limit, replace or abridge benefits payable thereunder.
ACCORDINGLY, it is the desire of the Employer and the Executive to enter into this amended and restated Agreement, covering benefits accrued on or after January 1, 2005, in good faith compliance with the requirements of Code section 409A, and the final Treasury regulations; and its terms shall apply only to benefits under the Agreement deferred after December 31, 2004.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the services to be performed in the future, as well as the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the Executive and the Employer agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
ARTICLE I. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
1.01  
Administrator . The Employer shall be the “Administrator” and, solely for the purposes of ERISA, the “fiduciary” of this Agreement where a fiduciary is required by ERISA.
1.02  
Annual Benefit . The term “Annual Benefit” shall mean an annual sum of sixty-two thousand dollars ($62,000) multiplied by the Applicable Percentage (defined below) less the annual benefit payable under the Grandfathered Agreement and then reduced to the extent required: (i) under the other provisions of this Agreement; (ii) by reason of the lawful order of any regulatory agency or body having jurisdiction over the Employer; and (iii) in order for the Employer to properly comply with any and all applicable state and federal laws, including, but not limited to, income, employment and disability income tax laws (e.g., FICA, FUTA, SDI).
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 2 -


 

1.03  
Applicable Percentage . The term “Applicable Percentage” shall mean that percentage listed on Schedule “A” attached hereto which is adjacent to the number of complete years (with a “year” being the performance of personal services for or on behalf of the Employer as an employee for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days) which have elapsed starting from the Effective Date of this Agreement and ending on the date payments are to first begin under the terms of this Agreement. In the event that Executive’s employment with Employer is terminated other than by reason of death, disability, Retirement or voluntary termination on the part of Executive, Executive shall be deemed for purposes of determining the number of complete years to have completed a year of service in its entirety for any partial year of service after the last anniversary date of the Effective Date during which the Executive’s employment is terminated.
1.04  
Code . “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue code of 1986, as amended.
1.05  
Disability/Disabled . The term “Disability” or “Disabled” shall mean the Executive: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees or directors of the Employer. Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees or directors of the Employer provided that the definition of “disability” applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of the preceding sentence. Upon the request of the plan administrator, the Executive must submit proof to the plan administrator of the Social Security Administration’s or the provider’s determination.
1.06  
Early Retirement Date . The term “Early Retirement Date” shall mean the Retirement (as defined below) of the Executive on a date which occurs after the date upon which the Executive has, measured in the aggregate and from the date of this Agreement to the date of the Executive’s Retirement, been employed by the Employer for no less than seven (7) years.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 3 -


 

1.07  
Effective Date . The term “Effective Date” shall mean the date upon which this Agreement was entered into by the parties, as first written above.
1.08  
ERISA . The term “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
1.09  
Plan Year . The term “Plan Year” shall mean the Employer’s calendar year.
1.10  
Retirement/Retires . The term “Retirement” or “Retires” shall mean the date acknowledged in Executive’s written notice to the Employer of the Executive’s Termination of Employment.
1.11  
Specified Employee . The term “Specified Employee” shall mean an employee who at the time of Termination of Employment is a key employee of the Employer, if any stock of the Employer is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, an employee is a key employee if the employee meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31 (the “identification period”). If the employee is a key employee during an identification period, the employee is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of April following the close of the identification period.
1.12  
Termination of Employment . “Termination of Employment” shall mean termination of the Executive’s employment with the Employer for reasons other than death or Disability. Whether a Termination of Employment has occurred is determined based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Employer and the Executive reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the Executive would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the Employer if the Executive has been providing services to the Employer less than thirty-six (36) months).
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 4 -


 

1.13  
Unforeseeable Emergency . The term “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall mean a severe financial hardship to the Executive resulting from an illness or accident of the Executive, the Executive’s spouse, the Beneficiary, or the Executive’s dependent (as defined in section 152(a) of the Code), loss of the Executive’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Executive.
ARTICLE II. SCOPE, PURPOSE AND EFFECT
2.01  
Contract of Employment . Although this Agreement is intended to provide the Executive with an additional incentive to remain in the employ of the Employer, this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Executive and the Employer nor shall any provision of this Agreement restrict or expand the right of the Employer to terminate the Executive’s employment. This Agreement shall have no impact or effect upon any separate written Employment Agreement which the Executive may have with the Employer, it being the parties’ intention and agreement that unless this Agreement is specifically referenced in said Employment Agreement (or any modification thereto), this Agreement (and the Employer’s obligations hereunder) shall stand separate and apart and shall have no effect upon, nor be affected by, the terms and provisions of said Employment Agreement.
2.02  
Fringe Benefit . The benefits provided by this Agreement are granted by the Employer as a fringe benefit to the Executive and are not a part of any salary reduction plan or any arrangement deferring a bonus or a salary increase. The Executive has no option to take any current payments or bonus in lieu of the benefits provided by this Agreement.
ARTICLE III. PAYMENTS UPON OR AFTER RETIREMENT
3.01  
Payments Upon Retirement . If the Executive shall remain in the continuous employment of the Employer until attaining sixty-five (65) years of age, the Executive shall be entitled to be paid, as his normal retirement benefit, the Annual Benefit, as defined above, for a period of fifteen (15) years, in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first day of each month, beginning with the month following the month in which the Executive Retires.
3.02  
Payments in the Event of Death After Retirement . In the event of Executive’s death following Retirement, benefits shall cease under this Agreement and no death benefit shall be provided under this Agreement.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 5 -


 

ARTICLE IV. PAYMENTS IN THE EVENT DEATH OR DISABILITY
OCCURS PRIOR TO RETIREMENT
4.01  
Payments in the Event of Death Prior to Retirement . In the event of the Executive’s death prior to Retirement, no death benefit shall be provided under this Agreement.
4.02  
Payments in the Event of Disability Prior to Retirement . In the event the Executive becomes Disabled while actively employed by the Employer at any time after the date of this Agreement but prior to Retirement, the Executive shall: (i) continue to be treated during such period of Disability as being gainfully employed by the Employer, but shall not add applicable years of service for the purpose of determining the Annual Benefit; and (ii) be entitled to be paid the Annual Benefit for fifteen (15) years, as determined by the applicable years of service at the time of Disability in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first day of each month, beginning with the month following the earlier of (1) the month in which the Executive attains sixty-five (65) years of age; or (2) the date upon which the Executive is no longer entitled to receive disability benefits under the Executive’s principal disability insurance policy. Upon Executive’s death, no further payments will be made under this Article 4.02.
ARTICLE V. PAYMENTS IN THE EVENT EMPLOYMENT IS TERMINATED
OTHER THAN BY DEATH, DISABILITY, RETIREMENT
5.01  
Payments in the Event Employment is Terminated Other than by Disability, Retirement or a Change of Control of the Employer . As indicated in Article II above, the Employer reserves the right to terminate the Executive’s employment, with or without cause, but subject to any written employment agreement which may then exist, at any time prior to the Executive’s Retirement. In the event that the employment of the Executive shall be terminated for any reason, including voluntary Termination of Employment by the Executive, but other than by reason of Disability, Retirement or a Change of Control of the Employer as set forth in Article 5.02, the Executive or his legal representative shall be entitled to be paid the Annual Benefit for a period of fifteen (15) years, as determined by the applicable years of service at the time of the Executive’s Termination of Employment with the Employer, in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first day of each month, beginning with the month following the month in which the Executive attains sixty-five (65) years of age.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 6 -


 

5.02  
Termination of Employment in the Event of a Change of Control . A “Terminating Event” shall be defined as a change in the ownership or effective control of the Employer, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Employer, as such change is defined in section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.
In the event the Executive’s employment terminates with the Employer or Employer’s successor within twenty-four (24) months of a Terminating Event and the Executive gives written notice to the Employer or Employer’s successor within thirty (30) calendar days of such Termination of Employment that the termination is for the reason that a Terminating Event has occurred, the Executive or his legal representative shall be entitled to be paid the Annual Benefit with the Applicable Percentage equal to one hundred percent (100%), for a period of fifteen (15) years, in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first day of each month, beginning with the month following the month in which the Executive terminates employment.
The Executive and Employer acknowledge that limitations on deductibility of the Annual Benefit for federal income tax purposes may be imposed under, but not limited to section 280G of the Code, and any successor to section 280G of the Code. The increase in the Applicable Percentage pursuant to the application of this Article 5.02 shall be limited to such increase in the Applicable Percentage (which increase shall not result in the Applicable Percentage being greater than one hundred (100%) percent) that results in the greatest amount of the Annual Benefit that is deductible by the Employer for federal income tax purposes after taking into account all other compensation payments to or for the benefit of the Executive that are included in determining the deductibility of such payments under section 280G of the Code or any successor to section 280G of the Code. In the event that prior to the application of this Article 5.02, all other compensation payments to or for the benefit of Executive results in the limitation of the deductibility by Employer of such payments under section 280G or any successor to section 280G of the Code, then this Article 5.02 shall not be applicable.
ARTICLE VI. PAYMENTS IN THE EVENT THE EXECUTIVE
ELECTS EARLY RETIREMENT
The Executive shall have the right to elect to receive the Annual Benefit prior to attaining sixty-five (65) years of age if he chooses to Retire on a date which constitutes an Early Retirement Date as defined in Article 1.08 above. In the event the Executive elects to Retire on a date which constitutes an Early Retirement Date, the Executive shall be entitled to be paid the Annual Benefit for a period of fifteen (15) years determined by the applicable years of service at the time of early retirement, as defined above, in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, with each installment to be paid on the first day of each month, beginning with the month following the month in which the Early Retirement Date occurs.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 7 -


 

ARTICLE VII. PAYMENTS IN THE EVENT OF AN
UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY
7.01  
Hardship Distribution . The Employer may make a hardship distribution under the circumstances described in Article 7.02 below. Any such distribution shall require the adjustment described in Article 7.03 to any amounts to be paid under Articles 3, 4, 5 or 6.
7.02  
Application for and Amount of Hardship Distribution . If an Unforeseeable Emergency occurs, the Executive may petition the Board to receive a distribution from the Agreement (a “Hardship Distribution”). The Board in its sole discretion may grant such petition. If granted, the Executive shall receive, within sixty (60) days, a Hardship Distribution from the Agreement only to the extent deemed necessary by the Board to remedy the Unforeseeable Emergency, plus an amount necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution. In any event, the maximum amount which may be paid out pursuant to this Article is the vested Annual Benefit as of the day that the Executive petitioned the Board to receive a Hardship Distribution under this Article.
7.03  
Benefit Adjustment . At the time of any Hardship Distribution, the vested Annual Benefit shall be reduced by the amount of the Hardship Distribution and the benefits to be paid under Articles 3, 4, 5 or 6 hereof shall reflect such reduced amount.
ARTICLE VIII. RESTRICTION ON TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee, the provisions of this Article shall govern any distributions hereunder which would otherwise be made to the Executive due to a Termination of Employment. Such distributions shall not be made during the first six (6) months following Termination of Employment unless the Executive dies prior to the end of such six (6) month period. Rather, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Termination of Employment. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner otherwise specified herein.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 8 -


 

ARTICLE IX. DISTRIBUTIONS UPON INCOME INCLUSION UNDER
SECTION 409A OF THE CODE
If, pursuant to Code section 409A, the Federal Insurance Contributions Act or other state, local or foreign tax, the Executive becomes subject to tax on the amounts deferred hereunder, then the Employer may make a limited distribution to the Executive in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(j)(vi), (vii) and (xi). Any such distribution will decrease the Executive’s benefit hereunder.
ARTICLE X. CHANGE IN FORM OR TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS
Except as provided in Article 15.15, all changes in the form or timing of distributions hereunder must be made by written amendment to this Agreement and must comply with the following requirements. The changes:
  (a)  
may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Code section 409A and the regulations thereunder;
  (b)  
must, for benefits distributable under Article 3 and 6, be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the first scheduled distribution;
  (c)  
must, for benefits distributable under Articles 3, 5, and 6, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
(d) must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the election is made.
ARTICLE XI. RIGHT TO DETERMINE FUNDING METHODS
The Employer reserves the right to determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, whether, to what extent and by what method, if any, to provide for the payment of the amounts which may be payable to the Executive, the Executive’s spouse or the Executive’s beneficiaries under the terms of this Agreement. In the event that the Employer elects to fund this Agreement, in whole or in part, through the use of life insurance or annuities, or both, the Employer shall determine the ownership and beneficial interests of any such policy of life insurance or annuity. The Employer further reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate any such policy, and any other device used to fund its obligations under this Agreement, at any time, in whole or in part. Consistent with Article 13 below, neither the Executive, the Executive’s spouse nor the Executive’s beneficiaries shall have any right, title or interest in or to any funding source or amount utilized by the Employer pursuant to this Agreement, and any such funding source or amount shall not, constitute security for the performance of the Employer’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement. In connection with the foregoing, the Executive agrees to execute such documents and undergo such medical examinations or tests which the Employer may request and which may be reasonably necessary to facilitate any funding for this Agreement including, without limitation the Employer’s acquisition of any policy of insurance or annuity. Furthermore, a refusal by the Executive to consent to participate in and undergo any such medical examinations or tests shall result in the immediate termination of this Agreement and the immediate forfeiture by the Executive, the Executive’s spouse and the Executive’s beneficiaries of any and all rights to payment hereunder.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 9 -


 

ARTICLE XII. CLAIMS PROCEDURE
The Employer shall, but only to the extent necessary to comply with ERISA, be designated as the named fiduciary under this Agreement and shall have authority to control and manage the operation and administration of this Agreement. Consistent therewith, the Employer shall make all determinations as to the rights to benefits under this Agreement. Any decision by the Employer denying a claim by the Executive, the Executive’s spouse, or the Executive’s beneficiary for benefits under this Agreement shall be stated in writing and delivered or mailed, via registered or certified mail, to the executive, the Executive’s spouse or the Executive’s beneficiary, as the case may be. Such decision shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial of a claim. In addition, the Employer shall provide the Executive, the Executive’s spouse or the Executive’s beneficiary with a reasonable opportunity for a full and fair review of the decision denying such claim.
ARTICLE XIII. STATUS OF AN UNSECURED GENERAL CREDITOR
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary: (i) neither the Executive, the Executive’s spouse and the Executive’s beneficiary shall have any legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in or to any specific property or assets of the Employer; (ii) none of the Employer’s assets shall be held in or under any trust for the benefit of the Executive, the Executive’s spouse or the Executive’s beneficiary or held in any way as security for the fulfillment of the obligations of the Employer under this Agreement; (iii) all of the Employer’s assets shall be and remain the general unpledged and unrestricted assets of the Employer; (iv) the Employer’s obligation under this Agreement shall be that of an unfunded and unsecured promise by the Employer to pay money in the future; and (v) the Executive, the Executive’s spouse and the Executive’s beneficiary shall be unsecured general creditors with respect to any benefits which may be payable under the terms of this Agreement.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 10 -


 

ARTICLE XIV. COVENANT NOT TO INTERFERE
The Executive agrees not to take any action which prevents the Employer from collecting the proceeds of any life insurance policy which the Employer may happen to own at the time of the Executive’s death and of which the Employer is the designated beneficiary.
ARTICLE XV. MISCELLANEOUS
15.01  
Opportunity to Consult with Independent Counsel . The Executive acknowledge that he has been afforded the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of his choosing regarding both the benefits granted to him under the terms of this Agreement and the terms and conditions which may affect the Executive’s right to these benefits. The Executive further acknowledges that he has read, understands and consents to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and that he enters into this Agreement with a full understanding of its terms and conditions.
15.02  
Arbitration of Disputes . All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach or interpretation thereof, other than those matters which are to be determined by the Employer in its sole and absolute discretion, shall be resolved by binding arbitration before a representative member, selected by the mutual agreement of the parties, of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), presently located at 111 Pine Street, Suite 710, San Francisco, California. In the event JAMS is unable or unwilling to conduct the arbitration provided for under the terms of this paragraph, or has discontinued its business, the parties agree that a representative member, selected by the mutual agreement of the parties, of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), presently located at 417 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California, shall conduct the binding arbitration referred to in this paragraph. Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to this Agreement and with JAMS (or AAA, if necessary). In no event shall the demand for arbitration be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. The arbitration shall be subject to such rules of procedure used or established by JAMS, or if there are none, the rules of procedure used or established by AAA. Any award rendered by JAMS or AAA shall be final and binding upon the parties, and as applicable, their respective heirs, beneficiaries, legal representatives, agents, successors and assigns, and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The obligation of the parties to arbitrate pursuant to this clause shall be specifically enforceable in accordance with, and shall be conducted consistently with, the provisions of Title 9 of Part 3 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Any arbitration hereunder shall be conducted in Quincy, California, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 11 -


 

15.03  
Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any arbitration or litigation concerning any controversy, claim or dispute between the parties hereto, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach hereof, or the interpretation hereof, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the losing party reasonable expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection therewith or in the enforcement or collection of any judgment or award rendered therein. The “prevailing party” means the party determined by the arbitrator(s) or court, as the case may be, to have most nearly prevailed, even if such party did not prevail in all matters, not necessarily the one in whose favor a judgment is rendered.
15.04  
Notice . Any notice required or permitted of either the Executive or the Employer under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given, if by personal delivery upon the date received by the party or its authorized representative. If by facsimile, upon transmission to a telephone number previously provided by the party to whom the facsimile is transmitted as reflected in the records of the party transmitting the facsimile and upon reasonable confirmation of such transmission and if by mail, on the third day after mailing via U.S. first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed to the party at the address given below for the receipt of notices, or such changed address as may be requested in writing by a party.
     
If to the Employer:
  Plumas Bank
 
  P.O. Box 10150
 
  Quincy, California 95971
 
  Attn: Mr. Daniel E. West
 
   
If to the Executive:
  Robert T. Herr
 
  P.O. Box 296
 
  Quincy, California 95971
15.05  
Assignment . Neither the Executive, the Executive’s spouse, nor any other beneficiary under this Agreement shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, hypothecate, modify or otherwise encumber any part or all of the amounts payable hereunder, nor, prior to payment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall any portion of such amounts be: (i) subject to seizure by any creditor of any such beneficiary, by a proceeding at law or in equity, for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance obligations which may be owed by the Executive, the Executive’s spouse, or any designated beneficiary; or (ii) transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise. Any such attempted assignment or transfer shall be void and shall terminate this Agreement, and the Employer shall thereupon have no further liability hereunder.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 12 -


 

15.06  
Binding Effect/Merger or Reorganization . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Executive and the Employer and, as applicable, their respective heirs, beneficiaries, legal representatives, agents, successors and assigns. Accordingly, the Employer shall not merge or consolidate into or with another corporation, or reorganize or sell substantially all of its assets to another corporation, firm or person, unless and until such succeeding or continuing corporation, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Employer under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Employer” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to such surviving or successor firm, person, entity or corporation.
15.07  
Nonwaiver . The failure of either party to enforce at any time or for any period of time anyone or more of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not be a waiver of such term(s) or condition(s) or of that party’s right thereafter to enforce each and every term and condition of this Agreement.
15.08  
Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision covenant or condition of this Agreement is determined by an arbitrator or a court, as the case may be, to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, such determination shall not render any other term, provision, covenant or condition invalid, void or unenforceable, and the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such partial invalidity.
15.09  
Entire Agreement . This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and contains all of the covenants and agreements between the parties with respect thereto. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no other representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which are not set forth herein, and that no other agreement, statement or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding on either party.
15.10  
Amendments . Except as otherwise provided in this Article and Articles 15.14 and 15.15, below, this Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Employer and the Executive. However, the Employer may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Employer from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation section 409A of the Code and any and all Treasury regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 13 -


 

15.11  
Paragraph Headings . The paragraph headings used in this Agreement are included solely for the convenience of the parties and shall not affect or be used in connection with the interpretation of this Agreement.
15.12  
No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction, will be applied against any person.
15.13  
Governing Law . The laws of the state of California, other than those laws denominated choice of law rules, and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of: (i) the California Superintendent of Banks; (ii) the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; (iii) the Federal Deposit Insurance corporation; or (iv) any other regulatory agency or governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Employer, shall govern the validity, interpretation, construction and effect of this Agreement.
15.14  
Plan Termination Generally . Except as otherwise provided in Article 15.15, this Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Employer and the Executive. The benefit hereunder shall be the vested Annual Benefit as of the date the Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Article 15.15, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, after such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Articles 3, 4, 5 or 6.
15.15.  
Plan Terminations Under Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement may be terminated by the Employer, or its successor, and distributions hereunder accelerated as provided below in the following circumstances:
  (a)  
Within thirty (30) days before or twelve (12) months after a change in the ownership or effective control of the Employer, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Employer as described in section 409A(2)(A)(v) of the Code, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Employer’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the such terminations;
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 14 -


 

  (b)  
Upon the Employer’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or
  (c)  
Upon the Employer’s termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-1(c) if the Executive participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangements”), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Employer, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Employer does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Employer takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement;
the Employer may distribute the vested Annual Benefit, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.
15.16  
Compliance with Code Section 409A . This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered consistent with Code section 409A.
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 15 -


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer and the Executive have executed this Agreement on the date first above-written in the City of Quincy, Plumas County, California.
             
THE EMPLOYER:
      THE EXECUTIVE:    
 
           
PLUMAS BANK
           
A California Corporation
           
 
           
/s/ Daniel E. West
 
Daniel E. West
      /s/ Robert T. Herr
 
Robert T. Herr
   
Chairman of the Board
           
 
           
/s/ Terrence J. Reeson
 
Terrence J. Reeson
Vice-Chairman of the Board
           
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 16 -


 

SCHEDULE A
         
NUMBER OF COMPLETE      
YEARS OF SERVICE   APPLICABLE  
WHICH HAVE ELAPSED   PERCENTAGE  
 
       
1
    15.00 %
 
       
2
    30.00 %
 
       
3
    45.00 %
 
       
4
    60.00 %
 
       
5 (early retirement age — 60)
    75.00 %
 
       
6
    90.00 %
 
       
7
    92.00 %
 
       
8
    94.00 %
 
       
9
    96.00 %
 
       
10
    98.00 %
 
       
11 or more
    100.00 %
CHANG
RUTHENBERG
& LONG PC

 

- 17 -

EXHIBIT 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-96957, 333-98319 and 333-103229 on Form S-8 of Plumas Bancorp of our report, dated March 10, 2009, relating to our audit of the consolidated financial statements which appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Plumas Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2008.
/s/ PERRY-SMITH LLP
Sacramento, California
March 18, 2009

 

 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Douglas N. Biddle, certify that:
1.  
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Plumas Bancorp (“registrant”);
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
  b)  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
  c)  
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
  d)  
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
  b)  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 18, 2009
     
/s/ D. N. Biddle
 
Douglas N. Biddle
Chief Executive Officer and President
   
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to Plumas Bancorp and will be retained by Plumas Bancorp and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

 

 

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Andrew J. Ryback, certify that:
1.  
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Plumas Bancorp (“registrant”);
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
  b)  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
  c)  
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
  d)  
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
  b)  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 18, 2009
     
/s/ Andrew J. Ryback
 
Andrew J. Ryback,
Chief Financial Officer
   
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to Plumas Bancorp and will be retained by Plumas Bancorp and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

 

 

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
In connection with the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, I, Andrew J. Ryback, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that:
  1)  
such Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  2)  
the information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Plumas Bancorp.
         
Date: March 18, 2009
  /s/ Andrew Ryback
 
Andrew J. Ryback,
   
 
  Chief Financial Officer    

 

 

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
In connection with the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, I, Douglas N. Biddle, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that:
  1)  
such Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  2)  
the information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Plumas Bancorp.
         
Date: March 18, 2009
  /s/ D. N. Biddle
 
Douglas N. Biddle, Chief
   
 
  Executive Officer